harmonicnotes.pdf
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 1/167
Harmonic Analysis
W. Schlag
![Page 2: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 2/167
![Page 3: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 3/167
Contents
Chapter 1. Fourier Series: Convergence and Summability 5
Chapter 2. Harmonic Functions onD and the Poisson Kernel 25
Chapter 3. Analytic h1 D
Functions, F. & M. Riesz Theorem 35
Chapter 4. The Conjugate Harmonic Function 43
Chapter 5. Fourier Series on L1 T
: Pointwise Questions 53
Chapter 6. Fourier Analysis on Rd 63
Chapter 7. Calderon-Zygmund Theory of Singular Integrals 79
Chapter 8. Almost Orthogonality 101
Chapter 9. The Uncertainty Principle 111
Chapter 10. Littlewood-Paley theory 125
Chapter 11. Fourier Restriction and Applications 145
Bibliography 165
3
![Page 4: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 4/167
![Page 5: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 5/167
CHAPTER 1
Fourier Series: Convergence and Summability
We begin this book with one of the most basic objects in analysis, namely the
Fourier series associated with a function or a measure on the circle. To be specific,
let T R Z be the one-dimensional torus (in other words, the circle). We consider
various function spaces on the torus T, namely the space of continuous functions
C T , the space of Holder continuous functions C α T where 0 α 1, and the
Lebesgue spaces L p
T
where 1
p
. The space of complex Borel measureson T will be denoted by M T
. Any µ M T has associated with it a Fourier
series
µ
n
ˆ µ n e nx (1.1)
where we let e x
:
e2πix and
ˆ µ n :
1
0
e nx µ dx
T
e nx µ dx
The symbol in (1.1) is formal, and simply means that the series on the right-hand
side is associated with µ. If µ dx f x dx where f L1 T , then we also write
ˆ f
n
instead of ˆ µ
n
.Of course, the central question which we wish to explore in this chapter is
when µ equals the right-hand side in (1.1) or represents f in a suitable sense. Note
that if we start from a trigonometric polynomial
f x
n
ane nx
where all but finitely many an are zero, then we see that
ˆ f n an n Z (1.2)
In other words, we have the pointwise equality
f x
n
ˆ f n en x
with en x : e nx . What enters (1.2) is of course the basic orthogonality relation
T
en x em x dx δ0 n m (1.3)
where δ0 j
1 if j
0 and δ0
j
0 otherwise.
5
![Page 6: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 6/167
6 1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY
It is therefore natural to explore the question of convergence of the Fourier se-
ries for more general functions. Of course, the sense of convergence of the infinite
series needs to be specified before this fundamental question can be answered. Itis fair to say that much of modern analysis (including functional analysis) arose
out of the struggle with this question. For example, the notion of Lebesgue integral
was developed in order to overcome deficiencies of the older Riemannian definition
of the integral which had been revealed in the study of Fourier series. The reader
will also note the recurring theme of convergence of Fourier series throughout this
book.
It is natural to start from the most classical notion of convergence, namely that
of pointwise convergence in case the measure µ is of the form µ dx f x dx
with f x continuous or better. The partial sums of f L1
T are defined as
S N
f x
N
n N
ˆ f n e nx
N
n N
T
e ny f y dy e nx
T
N
n N
e n x y f y dy
T
D N x y f y dy
where D N x
N n N e
nx is the Dirichlet kernel. In other words, we have
shown that the partial sum operator S N is given by convolution with the Dirichlet
kernel D N :
S N f x D N f x (1.4)
In order to understand basic properties of this convolution, we first sum the geo-
metric series defining D N x
so as to have an explicit expression for the Dirichlet
kernel.
Exercise 1.1. Verify that for each integer N 0
D N x
sin 2 N
1 π x
sin π x
(1.5)
and draw the graph of D N for several diff erent values of N , say N 2 and N
5.
Prove the bound
D N x C min
N ,1
x
(1.6)
for all N 1 and some absolute constant C . Finally, prove the bound
C 1
log N
D N L1 T
C log N (1.7)
for all N 2 where C is another absolute constant.
The growth of the bound in (1.7) as well as the oscillatory nature of D N as given
by (1.5) may indicate that it is in general very delicate to understand pointwise or
almost everywhere convergence properties of S N f . This will become more clear
as we develop the theory.
![Page 7: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 7/167
1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY 7
In order to study (1.4) we need to establish some basic properties of the con-
volution of two functions f , g on T. If f and g are continuous, say, then define
f
g
x
:
T
f x
y
g
y
dy
T
g x
y
f
y
dy (1.8)
It is helpful to think of f g as an average of translates of f by the measure g y dy
or vice versa. In particular, convolution commutes with the translation operator τ z
which is defined for any z T by the action on functions: τ z f x f x z
.
Indeed, one immediately verifies that
τ z f g τ z f g f τ zg (1.9)
In passing, we mention the important relation between the Fourier transform and
translations:
τ z µ n e zn ˆ µ n n Z
In what follows, we abbreviate almost everywhere or almost every by a.e.
Lemma 1.1. The operation of convolution as defined above satisfies the follow-
ing properties:
(1) Let f , g L1 T . Then for a.e. x T one has that f x y g y is L1
in y. Thus, the integral in (1.8) is well-defined for a.e. x T (but not
necessarily for every x), and the bound f g 1 f 1 g 1 holds.
(2) More generally, f g p f p g 1 for all 1 p , f L p , g L1.
This is called Young’s inequality.
(3) If f C T , µ M T then f µ is well-defined. Show that, for 1 p
,
f
µ p f
p µ
which allows one to extend f µ to arbitrary f L p.(4) If f
L p
T and g
L p
T where 1
p
, and 1
p
1 p
1 then
f g, originally defined only a.e., extends to a continuous function on T
and
f g
f p g p (1.10)
(5) For f , g L1 T show that for all n Z
f g n
ˆ f n g n
Proof. (1) is an immediate consequence of Fubini’s theorem since f x
y
g
y
is jointly measurable on T T and belongs to L1 T T
. (2) can be obtained by
interpolating between the cases p 1 just convered and the easy bound for p
.
Alternatively, one can use Minkowski’s inequality:
f g p
T
f y p g y dy f p g 1
which also implies (3). The bound (1.10) is just Holder’s inequality. Part (4)
follows from the density of C T
in L p T
for 1 p
and the translation
invariance (1.9). Indeed, one verifies from the uniform continuity of functions
in C T
and (1.9) that f µ
C T
for any f C
T and µ
M T
. Since
![Page 8: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 8/167
8 1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY
uniform limits of continuous functions are continuous, (4) now follows from the
aforementioned density of C T and (1.10).
Finally, (5) is a consequence of Fubini’s theorem and the character property of the exponentials e n x y e nx e ny
.
The following exercise introduces the convolution on the Fourier side in the
context of the largest class of functions where the respective series are absolutely
convergent. This class of functions is necessarily a subalgebra of C T called the
Wiener algebra.
Exercise 1.2. Let µ M
T have the property that
n Z
ˆ µ n (1.11)
Show that µ dx f x dx where f C T . Denote the space of all measures with
this property by A
T and identify these measure with their respective densities.
Show that A T is an algebra under multiplication, and that
f g n
m Z
ˆ f m g n m n Z
where the sum on the right-hand side is absolutely convergent for every n Z, and
itself is absolutely convergent over all n. Moreover, f g A f A g A where
f A :
ˆ f 1 . Finally, verify that if f , g L2 T , then f g A T .
Note that the Wiener algebra has a unit, namely the constant function 1. It is
clear that if f has an inverse in A T , then it is 1
f which in particular require that
f 0 everywhere on T. It is a remarkable theorem due to Norbert Wiener that the
converse here holds, too. I.e., if f A T
does not vanish anywhere on T
, then1 f
A T .
One of the most basic as well as oldest results on the pointwise convergence of
Fourier series is the following theorem. We shall see later that if fails for functions
which are merely continuous.
Theorem 1.2. If f C α
T with 0
α 1 , then
S N f
f
0 as N
.
Proof. One has, with δ 0, 1
2 to be determined,
S N f x f x
1
0
f x y f x D N y dy
y δ
f
x
y
f
x
D N
y
dy
12 y
δ
f x y f x D N y dy
(1.12)
Here one exploits the fact that
T
D N y dy 1
![Page 9: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 9/167
1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY 9
We now use the bound from (1.6), i.e.,
D N y
C min
N , 1
y
Here and in what follows, C will denote a numerical constant that can change from
line to line. The first integral in (1.12) can be estimated as follows
y δ
f x f x y
1
y
dy f α
y δ
y
α 1 dy C f αδα (1.13)
with the usual C α semi-norm:
f α sup
x, y
f x f x y
y
α
To bound the second term in (1.12) one needs to invoke the oscillation of D N y
.
In fact,
B :
12 y
δ
f x y f x D N y dy
12 y
δ
f x y f x
sin π y
sin 2 N
1
π y dy
12 y
δ
h x y sin
2 N
1 π y
1
2 N 1
dy
where h x y
:
f x y f x
sin π y
.
Therefore, with all integrals being understood to be in the interval
12
, 12
,
2 B
y δh x y sin 2 N 1 π y dy
y
12 N 1
δ
h x
y
1
2 N 1
sin 2 N
1
π y dy
y δ
h x y h x y
1
2 N 1
sin 2 N
1 π y dy
δ,
δ
12 N 1
h x
y
1
2 N 1
sin 2 N 1 π y dy
δ,δ
12 N 1
h x
y
1
2 N 1
sin 2 N
1
π y dy
These integrals are estimated by putting absolute values inside. To do so we usethe bounds
h x y C f
δ
h x
y
h x y
τ C
τ
α f α
δ
f
δ2 τ
if y
δ 2τ.
![Page 10: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 10/167
10 1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY
In view of the preceding one checks
B
C
N α
f α
δ
N 1
f
δ2
(1.14)
provided δ
1 N
. Choosing δ N
α 2 one concludes from (1.12), (1.13), and
(1.14) that
S N f x f x C
N α2 2
N α 2 N 1 α
(1.15)
for any function with f
f
α 1, which proves the theorem.
The reader is invited to optimize the rate of decay that was derived in (1.15).
In other words, the challenge is to obtain the largest β 0 in terms of α so that the
bound in (1.15) becomes C N β for any f with
f
f α 1.
The difficulty with the Dirichlet kernel, such as its slow 1 x
-decay, can be re-
garded as a result of the “discontinuity” of D N χ N , N
; in fact, this indicatorfunction on the lattice Z jumps at
N . Therefore, we may hope to obtain a kernel
which is easier to analyze — in a sense that will be made precise by means of the
notion of approximate identity below — by substituting D N with a suitable average
whose Fourier transform does not exhibit such jumps.
One elementary way of carrying this out is given by the Cesaro means, i.e.,
σ N f :
1
N
N 1
n 0
S n f
Setting K N :
1 N
N 1
n 0 Dn, which is called the Fej´ er kernel, one therefore has
σ N f K N f .
Exercise 1.3. Let K N be the Fejer kernel with N a positive integer.
Verify that K N looks like a triangle, i.e., for all n Z
K N n
1
n
N
(1.16)
Show that
K N x
1
N
sin N π x
sin π x
2
(1.17)
Conclude that
0 K N x C N
1 min
N 2, x 2
(1.18)
We remark that the square and thus the positivity in (1.17) are not entirelysurprising, since the triangle in (1.16) can be written as the convolution of two
rectangles (convolution is now on the level of the Fourier coefficients on the lat-
tice Z). Therefore, we should expect K N to look like the square of a version of D M
with M about half the size of N .
The properties established in Exercise 1.3 ensure that K N are what one calls an
approximate identity.
![Page 11: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 11/167
1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY 11
Definition 1.3. Φ N
N 1 L
T form an approximate identity provided
A1) 1
0
Φ N x dx 1 for all N
A2) sup N
1
0 Φ N x dx
A3) for all δ 0 one has
x δ
Φ N x dx 0 as N .
The name here derives from the fact that Φ N f f as N in any
reasonable sense, see Proposition 1.5. In other words, Φ N δ0 in the weak-
sense of measures. Clearly, the so-called box kernels
Φ N x N χ x N
12
, N 1
satisfy A1)–A3) and can be considered as the most basic example of an approx-
imate identity. Note that D N N 1 are not an approximate identity. Finally, we
remark that Definition 1.3 has nothing to do with the torus T, it applies equally
well to the line R, tori Td
, or Euclidean spaces Rd
.Next, we verify that K N belong to this class.
Lemma 1.4. The Fej´ er kernels K N
N 1 form an approximate identity.
Proof. We clearly have 1
0 K N x dx
1 and K N x 0 so that A1) and A2)
hold. A3) follows from the bound (1.18).
Now we establish the basic convergence property of such families.
Proposition 1.5. For any approximate identity Φ N
N 1 one has
(1) If f C T , then Φ N f f
0 as N
(2) If f L p T where 1 p , then Φ N f f p 0 as N
(3) For any measure µ M T , one has
Φ N µ µ N
in the weak- sense.
Proof. We begin with the uniform convergence. Since T is compact, f is uni-
formly continuous. Given ε 0, let δ 0 be such that
sup x
sup y
δ
f x y f x ε
Then, by A1)–A3),
Φ N f x f x
T
f x y f x Φ N y dy
sup x T
sup y
δ
f x y f x
T
Φ N t dt
y δ
Φ N y 2 f
dy
C ε
provided N is large.
![Page 12: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 12/167
12 1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY
Fix any f L p T and let g C T be such that f g p ε. Then
Φ N f f p Φ N f g p f g p Φ N g g p
sup N
Φ N 1 1
f g p Φ N g g
where we have used Young’s inequality, see Lemma 1.1, to obtain the first term
on the right-hand side. Using A2), the assumption on g, and Young’s inequality
finishes the proof.
The final statement is immediate from (1) and duality.
This simple convergence result applied to the Fejer kernels implies some basic
analytical properties. A trigonometric polynomial is a series
n ane nx
in which
only finitely many an are non-zero. Clearly, this class forms a vector space over
the complex numbers. In fact, they form an algebra under both multiplication and
convolution.
Corollary 1.6. The exponential family e nx n Z satisfies the following prop-
erties:
(1) The trigonometric polynomials are dense in C T in the uniform topology,
and in L p T for any 1 p .
(2) For any f L2 T
f
22
n Z
ˆ f n
2
This is called the Plancherel theorem.
(3) The exponentials e nx n Z form a complete orthonormal basis in L2 T .
(4) For all f , g L2 T one has Parseval’s identity
T
f x
g
x
dx
n Z
ˆ f n
g
n
Proof. By Lemma 1.4, K N
N 1
form an approximate identity and Proposi-
tion 1.5 applies. Since σ N f K N f is a trigonometric polynomial, we are done
with (1).
Properties (2)–(4) are equivalent by basic Hilbert space theory. We begin from
the orthogonality relations (1.3). One thus has Bessel’s inequality
ˆ f n
2 f
22
and equality is equivalent to the linear span of en
being dense in L2 T
. That,
however, is guaranteed by part (1).
We remark that the previous corollary is only possible with the Lebesgue inte-
gral, since unlike the Riemann integral it guarantees that L2 T
is a complete space
and thus a Hilbert space. We record two further basic facts which are immediate
consequences of the approximate identity property of the Fejer kernels.
![Page 13: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 13/167
1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY 13
Corollary 1.7. One has the following uniqueness property: If f L1 T and
ˆ f n 0 for all n Z , then f
0. More generally, if µ M T satisfies ˆ µ n 0
for all n Z
, then µ
0.
Proof. One has σ N f 0 for all N by assumption and now apply the conver-
gence property of Proposition 1.5.
The following is the Riemann-Lebesgue lemma.
Corollary 1.8. If f L1 T , then ˆ f n
0 as n
Proof. Given ε 0, let N be such that
σ N f f 1 ε. Then
ˆ f n
σ N f n
ˆ f n
σ N f f
1 ε for all n
N .
We now turn our attention to the issue of convergence of the partial sums S N f in the sense of L p T or C T . Observe that it makes no sense to ask about uniform
convergence of S N f for general f L
T because uniform limits of continuous
functions are continuous.
Proposition 1.9. The following statements are equivalent for any 1 p
:
a) For every f L p
T or f
C
T if p
one has
S N f f p 0 as N
b) sup N S N p p
Proof. The implication b) a) follows from the fact that trigonometric poly-
nomials are dense in the respective norms, see Corollary 1.6. The implication a) b) can be deduced immediately from the uniform boundedness principle of
functional analysis. Alternatively, can also prove this directly by the method of the
“gliding hump”: suppose sup N S N p p . For every positive integer one can
therefore find a large integer N such that
S N f p 2
where f is a trigonometric polynomial with f p
1. Now let
f x
1
1
2e M x f x
with some integers M to be specified. Notice that
f
p
1
1
2 f p
Now choose M
tending to infinity so rapidly that the Fourier support of
e M j x
f j x
![Page 14: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 14/167
14 1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY
lies to the right of the Fourier support of
j 1
1
1
2 e
M x
f
x
for every j 2 (here Fourier support means those integers for which the corre-
sponding Fourier coefficients are non-zero). We also demand that N M
as . Then
S M N S M N
1 f p
1
2 S N
f p
2
2
which as . On the other hand, since N M and
M N
1
, the left-hand side
0 as . This contradiction fin-
ishes the proof.
Exercise 1.4. Let cn n Z be an arbitrary sequence of complex numbers and
associate to it formally a Fourier series f x
n
cn e nx
Show that there exists µ M T with the property that ˆ µ n cn for all n Z
if and only if σn f n
1 is bounded in M T
. Discuss the case of L p T
with
1 p and C T as well.
We can now settle the question of uniform convergence of S N on functions
in C T .
Corollary 1.10. Fourier series do not converge on C T and L1 T , i.e., there
exists f C
T so that
S N f
f
0 and g L1
T so that
S N g
g 1 0
as n .
Proof. By Proposition 1.9 it suffices to verify the limits
sup N
S N
sup N
S N 1
1
(1.19)
Both properties follow from the fact that
D N 1
as N
, see (1.7). To deduce (1.19) from this, notice that
S N
sup f
1
D N f
sup f
1
D N f 0 D N 1
We remark that the inequality sign here can be replaced with an equality in view
of the translation invariance (1.9). Furthermore, with K M
M 1 being the Fejer
kernels,
S N 1 1 D N K M 1 D N 1
as M
.
![Page 15: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 15/167
1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY 15
Exercise 1.5. The previous proof was indirect. Construct f C T and g
L1 T so that S N f does not converge to f uniformly as N , and such that S N g
does not converge to g in L
1 T
.
In the positive direction, we shall see below that for 1 p
sup N
S N p p
so that by Corollary 1.10 for any f L p T with 1 p
S N f
f
p 0 as N
(1.20)
The case p 2 is clear, see Corollary 1.6, but p 2 is a somewhat deeper result.
We will develop the theory of the conjugate function to obtain it, see Chapter 4.
Note that unlike Theorem 1.2 there is no explicit rate of convergence here in terms
of some expression involving N . Clearly, this cannot be expected given only the
size of
f
p since g
x
:
e
mx
f
x
has the same L p
-norm as f but g
n
ˆ f n m for all n Z. This suggests that we may hope to obtain such a rate
provided we remove this freedom of translation on the Fourier side. One way of
accomplishing this is by imposing a little regularity, as expressed for example in
terms of the standard Sobolev spaces. Since we do not yet have the L p-convergence
in (1.20) for general p at our disposal, we need to restrict ourselves to p 2 which
is particularly simple.
Exercise 1.6. For any s R define the Hilbert space H s T by means of the
norm
f
2 H s :
ˆ f 0
2
n Z
n
2 s
ˆ f n
2 (1.21)
Derive a rate of convergence for
S N f
f
2 in terms of N alone assuming that f H s 1 where s 0 is fixed.
We now investigate the connection between regularity of a function and its
associated Fourier series somewhat further. The following estimate, which builds
upon the fact that d dx
e nx 2πine nx , goes by the name of Bernstein’s inequal-
ity.
Proposition 1.11. Let f be a trigonometric polynomial with ˆ f k 0 for all
k n. Then
f
p Cn f p
for any 1 p
. The constant C is absolute.
Proof. Let
V n x
:
1
e
nx
e
nx
K n
x
(1.22)
be de la Vallee Poussin’s kernel. We leave it to the reader to check that
V n j 1 if
j n
as well as
V
n 1 Cn
![Page 16: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 16/167
16 1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY
Then f V n f and thus f
V
n f so that by Young’s inequality
f
p V
n 1 f
p Cn
f
p
as claimed.
It is interesting to note that the following converse holds, due to Bohr.
Exercise 1.7. Suppose that f C 1 T satisfies ˆ f j
0 for all j with j n.
Then
f
p Cn f p
for all 1 p
, where C is independent of n Z , the choice of f and p.
Now we will turn to the question how smoothness of a function reflects itself
in the decay of its Fourier coefficients. We begin with the easy observation, based
on integration by parts, that for any f C 1 T one has
f
n 2πin ˆ f n n Z (1.23)
This not only shows that ˆ f n O n 1
but also that C 1 T H 1 T where H 1
is the Sobolev space defined in (1.21). If f possesses more derivatives, say k 2,
then we may iterate this relation to obtain decay of the form O n 2
. The following
exercise establishes the connection between rapid decay of the Fourier coefficients
and infinite regularity of the function.
Exercise 1.8. Let f L1
T .
Show that f C
T if and only if ˆ f decays rapidly, i.e., for every M 1
one has ˆ f n
O
n
M
as n
.
Show that f x F e x
where F is analytic on some neighborhood of
z 1 if and only if ˆ f n decays exponentially, i.e., ˆ f n O e
ε
n
as n for some ε 0.
As far as less than one derivative is concerned, i.e., for H older continuous
functions, one has the following facts. Starting from
ˆ f n
T
e n y
1
2n f y dy
T
e ny f
y
1
2n
dy
whence
ˆ f n
1
2
T
e ny
f y f y
1
2n
dy
which implies that if f C α T , then
ˆ f n O n
α as n (1.24)
Note that (1.23) is strictly stronger than this bound, since it allows for square sum-
mation and thus the embedding into H 1 T , whereas (1.24) does not. However,
since we already observed that C 1 T H 1 T and since clearly C 0 T
H 0 T
L2 T
, one can invoke some interpolation machinery at this point to
conclude that C α T H α T for all 0 α 1; however, we shall not make use
of this fact.
![Page 17: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 17/167
1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY 17
Next, we ask how much regularity on f it takes so that
n
ˆ f
n
(1.25)
In other words, we ask for a sufficient condition for f to lie in the Wiener algebra
A T of Exercise 1.2. There are a number of ways to interpret the requirement of
“regularity”. It is easy to settle this imbedding question on the level of the spaces
H s T
. In fact, applying Cauchy-Schwarz yields
n0
ˆ f n
n0
ˆ f n
2 n
1 ε
1
2
n0
n
1 ε
1
2
so that
n
ˆ f n
2 n
1 ε
(1.26)
is a sufficient condition for (1.25) to hold. In other words, we have shown that
H s T
A T for any s
12
. We leave it to the reader to check that this fails for
s
12
.
Next, we would like to address the more challenging question as to the minimal
α 0 so that C α T A T . In fact, we first ask which α have the property that
C α T H s T for some s
12
. We already observed that α
12
suffices for
this, but it required some interpolation theory.
Instead, we prefer to give a direct proof of this fact in the following theorem.
It introduces an important idea that we shall see repeatedly throughout this book,
namely the grouping of the Fourier coefficients ˆ f n into blocks of the same size
of n; more precisely, we introduce the partial sums
P j f
x
:
2 j
1 n
2 j
ˆ f n
e
nx
(1.27)
for all j 1.
Theorem 1.12. For any 1 α
0 one has C α T H β T for arbitrary
0 β α. In particular, for any f C α T with α
12
one has
n Z
ˆ f n
and thus C α T A T for any α
12
.
Proof. Let f α
1. We claim that for every j 0,
2 j n 2 j
1
ˆ f n
2 C 2 2 jα (1.28)
The reader should note the similarity between this bound and the estimate (1.24),
with (1.28) being of course strictly stronger. What allows for this improvement is
![Page 18: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 18/167
18 1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY
the use of orthogonality or in other words, the Plancherel theorem. If (1.28) is true,
then for any β α,
n0
ˆ f n
2 n
2 β C
j 0
22 j β
2 j
n
2 j
1
ˆ f n
2 C
j 0
2 2 j
α β
To prove (1.28) we choose a kernel ϕ j so that
ϕ j n 1 if 2 j
n 2 j
1 (1.29)
and
ϕ j n 0 if
n 2 j or
n 2 j 1 (1.30)
where and
mean “much smaller” and “much bigger”, respectively. The point
is of course that (1.29) implies that
2 j n 2 j 1
ˆ f n
2 ϕ j f
22 (1.31)
so that it remains to bound the right-hand side for which (1.30) will be decisive
— at least implicitly. The explicit properties of ϕ j that will allow us to bound the
right-hand side are cancellation meaning that ϕ j 0 0 and bounds on the kernel
ϕ j x
which resemble those of the Fejer kernel K N with N
2 j.
There are various ways to construct ϕ j. We use de la Vallee Poussin’s kernel
from above for this purpose. Set
ϕ j x :
V 2 j
1 x e 3
2 j 1
1
x e 3
2 j 1
1
x (1.32)
We leave it to the reader to check that
ϕ j n 1 for 2 j
n 2 j 1
and that ϕ j 0 0 which is the same as
T
ϕ j x dx 0
Moreover, since the ϕ j are constructed from Fejer kernels one has the bounds
ϕ j x
C 2 j min
22 j , x
2
Therefore,
ϕ j f x
T
ϕ j y f x y f x dy
T
ϕ j y f x y f x dy
C
1
0
ϕ j y
y
α dy
C 2 j
y 2 j
y
α 2 dy C 2 j
y 2 j
y
α dy
C 2 α j
![Page 19: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 19/167
1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY 19
as claimed. In summary, we see that for any 0 β α 1
f H β C α, β f C α
and the theorem follows.
Next, we show that Theorem 1.12 is optimal up to the fact that one can take
α β in the first statement.
Exercise 1.9. Consider lacunary series of the form
f x :
k 1
k 22 αk e
2k x
to show that C α T does not embed into H β for any β α.
The second statement of Theorem 1.12 concerning A T is more difficult.
Proposition 1.13. There is no embedding from C 1
2
T into A
T . In fact, there
exists a function f C
12
T A T .
Proof. We claim that there exists a sequence of trigonometric polynomials
Pn x
2n
1
0 an, e x such that with N 2n,
Pn
N
Pn 1 N
(1.33)
for each n 1. Here a
b means C 1a
b
Ca where C is an absolute
constant, and Pn refers to the sequence of Fourier coefficients.
Assuming such a sequence for now, we set
T n x : 2
ne 2n x Pn x
f :
n 1
T n
Note that this series converges uniformly to f C T since T n
C 2
n2 .
Moreover, the Fourier supports of the T n are pairwise disjoint for distinct n. Thus,
f A T
and f A T . Finally, let h 2 m for some positive integer m.
Then
f x h f x
m
n 1
T n x h T n x
n m
T n
m
n 1
C h T
n
n m
C 2 n2
C
m
n 1
2n2
h 2
m2
C h
12
and thus f C 12
T as desired. To pass to the last line, we used Bernstein’s
inequality, i.e., Proposition 1.11.
![Page 20: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 20/167
20 1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY
It thus remains to establish the existence of polynomials as in (1.33). Define
them inductively by P0 x Q0 x 1 and
Pn 1 x Pn x e 2n x Qn x
Qn 1 x Pn x e
2n x Qn x
for each n 0. Since
Pn 1 x
2 Qn 1 x
2 2 Pn x
2 Qn x
2 2n
1
we see that Pn 1
is of the desired size. Furthermore, all coefficients of both Pn
and Qn are either 1 or
1, and the only exponentials with nonzero coefficients are
e x with 1 2n 1. Hence Pn
n 0 is the desired family of polynomials.
Exercise 1.10. Show that any trigonometric polynomial P with
P 1 N
and the property that the cardinality of its Fourier support is at most N satisfies
N
P 2
P
N . Hence, the polynomials constructed in the previous
proof are “extremal” for the lower bound on P
, whereas the Dirichlet kernel
(or Fejer kernel) are extremal for the upper bound.
We conclude this chapter with a brief discussion of Fourier series associated
with functions on Td R
d Z
d with d 2. The exponential basis in this case is
e
ν x
ν Zd , and this is an orthonormal family in the usual L2
Td
sense. Thus,
to every measure µ M Td
we associate a Fourier series
ν Zd
ˆ µ ν e ν x , ˆ µ ν :
Td
e ν x µ dx
As before, a special role is played by the trigonometric polynomials
ν Zd
aν e ν x
where all but finitely many aν vanish. In contrast to the one-dimensional torus, in
higher dimensions we face a very nontrivial ambiguity in the definition of partial
sums. In fact, we can pose the convergence problem relative to any exhaustion of
Zd by finite sets Ak , which are increasing and whose union is all of Zd . Possible
choices here are of course the squares k , k d , but one can also take more general
rectangles, or balls relative to the Euclidean metric or other shapes. Even though
this distinction may seem innocuous, it gave rise to very important developments
in harmonic such as Feff erman’s ball multiplier theorem, and the still unresolved
Bochner-Riesz conjecture. We will return to these matters in a later chapter.
For now, we merely content ourselves with some very basic results.
Proposition 1.14. The space of trigonometric polynomials is dense in C Td
,
and one has the Plancherel theorem for L2 T
d , i.e.,
f
22
ν Zd
ˆ f ν
2 f L2
Td
![Page 21: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 21/167
1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY 21
If f C Td
, then the Fourier series associated to f converges uniformly to f
irrespective of the way in which the partial sums are formed.
Proof. We base the proof on the fact that the products of Fejer kernels with
respect to the individual coordinate axes form an approximate identity. In other
words, the family
K N ,d x :
d
j 1
K N x j N 1
forms an approximate identity on Td . Here x x1, . . . , xd . This follows imme-
diately from the one-dimensional analysis above. Hence, for any f C Td one
has
K N ,d f f
0 as N
By inspection, K N ,d f is a trigonometric polynomial which implies the claimed
density. This implies all assertions about the L2
case.Suppose that f
C
Td
. Repeated integration by parts yields the estimate
ˆ f ν O ν
m
as ν
for arbitrary but fixed m 1. The convergence
statement now follows from K N ,d f f in C Td
as N , and the rapid
decay of the coefficients.
A useful corollary to the previous result is the density of tensor functions in
C Td
. A tensor function on Td is a linear combination of functions of the form d
j 1 f j x j where f j C T
. In particular, trigonometric polynomials are tensor
functions, whence the claim.
Notes
An encyclopedic treatment of Fourier series is the classic reference by Zygmund [ 58].
A less formidable but still comprehensive account of many classical results is Katznel-
son [30]. A standard reference for interpolation theory is the book by Bergh and Lofstrom [4].
For the construction in Proposition 1.13, see [30, page 36, Exercise 6.6]. For gap series
see the timeless paper by Rudin [41] which introduced the Λ p-set problem, later solved by
Bourgain [5].
Problems
Problem 1.1. Suppose that f L1 T and that S n f
n 1
(the sequence of partial sums
of the Fourier series) converges in L p T to g for some p 1, and some g L p. Prove
that f g. If p conclude that f is continuous.
Problem 1.2. Let T x
N n
0 an cos 2πnx bn sin 2πnx be an arbitrary trigono-
metric polynomial with real coefficients a0, . . . , a N , b0, . . . , b N . Show that there is a poly-
nomial P z
2 N 0 c z
C z so that
T x e 2πiN x P e2πix
and such that P z z2 N P ¯ z
1 . How are the zeros of P distributed in the complex plane?
![Page 22: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 22/167
22 1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY
Problem 1.3. Suppose T x
N n
0
an cos 2πnx bn sin 2πnx
is such that T 0
everywhere on T and an, bn R for all n 0, 1, . . . , N . Show that there are c0, . . . , c N C
such that
T x
N
n 0
cne2πinx
2
(1.34)
Find the cn for the Fejer kernel.
Problem 1.4. Suppose that T x a0
H h
1 ah cos 2πhx satisfies T x 0 for all
x T and T 0 1. Show that for any complex numbers y1, y2, . . . , y N ,
N
n
1
yn
2 N H
a0
N
n
1
yn
2
H
h 1
ah
N
h
n
1
yn
h ¯ yn
Hint: Write (1.34) with
n cn 1. The apply Cauchy-Schwartz to
n yn
m,n yn cm.
Problem 1.5. Suppose
n 1 n an
2 and
1 an is Cesaro summable. Show
that
n 1 an converges. Use this to prove that any f C T H
12
T satisfies S n f f uniformly. Note that H
12
T does not embed intoA T , so this convergence does not follow
by trivial means.
Problem 1.6. Show that there exists an absolute constant C so that
C 1
n0
n
ˆ f n
2
T2
f x f y
2
sin2 π x y
dxdy C
n0
n
ˆ f n
2
for any f H 12
T .
Problem 1.7. Use the previous two problems to prove the following theorem of Pal-
Bohr: For any real function f C T there exists a homeomorphism ϕ : T T such
that
S n
f
ϕ
f
ϕuniformly. Hint: Without loss of generality let f 0. Consider the domain defined in
terms of polar coordinates by means of r θ f θ 2π . Then apply the Riemann mapping
theorem to the unit disc.
Problem 1.8. Show that
f g
2 L2
T
f f L2
T
g g L2
T
for all f , g L2 T .
Problem 1.9. Given N disjoint arcs I α
N α
1 T, set f
N α 1 χ I α . Show that
ν
k
ˆ f ν
2 N
k .
Problem 1.10. Given any function ψ : Z
R so that ψ n 0 as n , show
that you can find a measurable set E T for which
limsupn
χ E n
ψ n
.
Problem 1.11. The problem discusses some well-known partial diff erential equations
on the level of Fourier series.
![Page 23: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 23/167
1. FOURIER SERIES: CONVERGENCE AND SUMMABILITY 23
Solve the heat equation ut uθθ 0, u 0 u0 (the data at time t 0) on T
via Fourier series. Show that if u0 L2 T , then u t , θ is analytic in θ for every
t 0 and solves the heat equation. Prove that u t u0
2 0 as t 0. Write
u t Gt u0 and show that G t is an approximate identity for t 0. Conclude
that u t 0 as t 0 in the L p or C T sense. Repeat for higher-dimensional
tori.
Solve the Schrodinger equation iut uθθ 0, u 0 u0 on T with u0 L2 T .
In what sense can you say that this Fourier series “solves” the equation? Show
that u t 2 u0 2 for all t . Discuss the limit u t as t 0. Repeat for
higher-dimensional tori.
Solve the wave equation utt uθθ 0 on T by Fourier series. Discuss the Cauchy
problem as in the previous items. Show that if ut 0 0, then with u 0 f ,
u t , θ
1
2 f θ t f θ t
![Page 24: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 24/167
![Page 25: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 25/167
CHAPTER 2
Harmonic Functions on D and the Poisson Kernel
There is a close connection between Fourier series and analytic or harmonic
functions on the disc D : z C z
1 . In fact, at least formally, Fourier
series can be viewed as the “boundary values” of a Laurent series
n
an zn (2.1)
which can be seen by setting z x iy e θ . Alternatively, suppose we are
given a continuous function f on T and wish to find the harmonic extension u of f
into D, i.e., a solution tou
0 in D
u f on D T
(2.2)
“Solution” here refers to a classical one, i.e., a function f C 2 D C D . How-
ever, as we shall see it is also very important to investigate other notions of solu-
tions of (2.2) with rougher f .
Note that we cannot use negative powers of z as in (2.1) in order to write an
ansatz for u. However, we can use complex conjugates instead. Indeed, since
zn
0 and ¯ zn
0 for every integer n
0, we are lead to defining
u z
n 0
ˆ f n
zn
1
n
ˆ f n
¯ z n (2.3)
which at least formally satisfies u e θ
n
ˆ f n e nθ f θ . Inserting
z re θ and
ˆ f n
T
e
nϕ f
ϕ d ϕ
into (2.3) yields
u re
θ
T
n Z
r n e n
θ ϕ f
ϕ d ϕ
This resembles the derivation of the Dirichlet kernel in the previous chapter, andwe now ask the reader to find a closed form for the sum.
Exercise 2.1. Check that, for 0 r
1,
Pr θ :
n Z
r n e nθ
1 r 2
1 2r cos 2πθ r 2
This is the Poisson kernel.
25
![Page 26: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 26/167
26 2. HARMONIC FUNCTIONS ON D AND THE POISSON KERNEL
Based on our formal calculation above, we therefore expect to obtain the har-
monic extension of a “nice enough” function f on T by means of the convolution
u re θ
T
Pr θ ϕ f ϕ dy Pr f θ
for 0 r
1.
Note that Pr θ , for 0 r 1, is a harmonic function of the variables x iy
re θ . Moreover, for any finite measure µ M T the expression
Pr µ θ is not
only well-defined, but defines a harmonic function on D.
The remainder of this chapter will therefore be devoted to analyzing the bound-
ary behavior of Pr µ. Clearly, Proposition 1.5 will play an important role in this
investigation, but the fact that we are dealing with harmonic functions will enter in
a crucial way (such as through the maximum principle).
In the following, we use the notion of approximate identity in a more general
form than in the previous chapter. However, the reader will have no difficultytransferring this notion to the present context, including Proposition 1.5.
Exercise 2.2. Check that Pr 0 r 1 is an approximate identity. The role of
N Z in Definition 1.3 is played here by 0
r 1 and N
is replaced with
r 1.
An important role is played by the kernel Qr θ which is the harmonic conju-
gate of Pr θ . Recall that this means that Pr θ iQr θ is analytic in z re θ
and Q0 0. In this case it is easy to find Qr θ since
Pr θ Re
1 z
1 z
and therefore
Qr θ Im
1 z
1 z
2r sin 2πθ
1 2r cos
2πθ r 2
.
Exercise 2.3.
(1) Show that Qr 0 r 1 is not an approximate identity.
(2) Check that Q1 θ cot
πθ . Draw the graph of Q1 θ . What is the
asymptotic behavior of Q1 θ for θ close to zero?
We will study conjugate harmonic functions later. First, we clarify in what
sense the harmonic extension Pr f of f attains f as its boundary values.
Definition 2.1. For any 1 p
define
h p D
:
u : D C harmonic
sup
0 r 1
T
u re θ
p d θ
These are the “little” Hardy spaces with norm
u
p :
sup0 r 1
u
re
L p T
![Page 27: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 27/167
2. HARMONIC FUNCTIONS ON D AND THE POISSON KERNEL 27
It is important to observe that Pr θ h1 D . This function has “boundary
values” δ0 (the Dirac mass at θ 0
since Pr Pr δ0.
Theorem 2.2. There is a one-to-one correspondence between h1 D and M T ,
given by µ M T F r θ : Pr µ θ . Furthermore,
µ sup
0 r 1
F r 1
limr 1
F r 1 , (2.4)
and
(1) µ is absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure µ
d θ
if and only if F r
converges in L1 T
. If so, then d µ f d θ where
f L1-limit of F r .
(2) The following are equivalent for 1 p : d µ f d θ with f L p T
F r 0 r 1 is L p- bounded
F r converges in L p if 1 p and in the weak- sense in L
if
p
as r
1
(3) f is continuous
F extends to a continuous function on D F r con-
verges uniformly as r 1
.
This theorem identifies h1 D
with M T
, and h p D
with L p T
for 1 p
. Moreover, h
D contains the subclass of harmonic functions that can be ex-
tended continuously onto D; this subclass is the same as C T . Before proving
the theorem we present two simple lemmas. In what follows we use the notation
F r θ : F
re θ
.
Lemma
2.3.a) If F
C
D and F
0 in D , then F r
Pr F 1 for any 0
r
1.
b) If F 0 in D , then F rs Pr F s for any 0
r , s 1.
c) As a function of r 0, 1 the norms F r p are non-decreasing for any
1 p .
Proof.
a) Let u re θ : Pr F 1 θ for any 0 r 1, θ . Then u 0 in D.
By Proposition 1.5 and Exercise 2.2, ur
F 1
0 as r
1. Hence,
u extends to a continuous function on D with the same boundary values
as F . By the maximum principle, u F as claimed.
b) Rescaling the disc sD to D reduces b) to a).c) By b) and Young’s inequality
F rs p Pr 1 F s p F s p
as claimed.
Lemma 2.4. Let F h1
D . Then there exists a unique measure µ
M T
such that F r Pr µ.
![Page 28: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 28/167
28 2. HARMONIC FUNCTIONS ON D AND THE POISSON KERNEL
Proof. Since the unit ball of M T is weak- compact there exists a subse-
quence r j 1 with F r j µ in weak-
sense to some µ M T
. Then, for any
0
r
1, Pr µ lim
j
F r j Pr lim
j
F rr j F r
by Lemma 2.3, b). Let f C
T . Then
F r , f
Pr µ, f
µ, Pr f
µ, f
as r 1 where we again use Proposition 1.5. This shows that in the weak-
sense
µ limr 1
F r (2.5)
which implies uniqueness of µ.
Proof of Theorem 2.2. If µ M T , then Pr µ h1
D . Conversely, given
F h1 D
then by Lemma 2.4 there is a unique µ so that F r Pr µ. This gives
the one-to-one correspondence. Moreover, (2.5) and Lemma 2.3 c) show that
µ
lim supr 1
F r
1
sup0 r 1
F r
1
limr 1
F r
1
Since clearly also
sup0 r 1
F r 1 sup
0 r 1
Pr 1 µ µ
(2.4) follows. If f L1 T
and µ d θ f θ d θ , then Proposition 1.5 shows that
F r f in L1 T
. Conversely, if F r f in the sense of L1 T
, then because of
(2.5) necessarily µ d θ f θ d θ which proves 1 . 2 and 3 are equally easy
and we skip the details (simply invoke Proposition 1.5 again).
Next, we turn to the issue of almost everywhere convergence of Pr f to f as
r 1. By the previous theorem, we have pointwise convergence if f is continuous.
If f L1 T
, then we write f limn gn as a limit in L1 with gn C T
. But then
we face two limits, namely then one as n and that as r 1 , and wewish to interchange them. It is a common feature that such an interchange requires
some form of uniform control. To be specific, we will use the Hardy-Littlewood
maximal function M f associated to f in order to dominate the convolution with the
Poisson kernel Pr f uniformly in 0 r
1. This turns out to be an instance of
the general fact that radially bounded approximate identities are dominated by the
Hardy-Littlewood maximal function, see condition A4) below.
The Hardy-Littlewood maximal function is defined as
M f θ sup
θ I T
1
I
I
f ϕ d ϕ
where I T is an open interval and
I
denotes the length of I . The basic fact about
M f that we shall need in this context is given by the following result. We say that
g belongs to weak- L1 if
θ T g
θ λ C λ 1
g
1
for all λ 0. Henceforth,
applied to sets denotes Lebesgue measure. Note that
any g L1 belongs to weak- L1. This is an instance of Markov’s inequality
θ T f
θ λ λ p
f
p p
![Page 29: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 29/167
2. HARMONIC FUNCTIONS ON D AND THE POISSON KERNEL 29
for any 1 p and any λ 0.
Proposition 2.5. The Hardy-Littlewood maximal function satisfies the follow-
ing bounds:
a) M is bounded from L1 to weak-L1 , i.e.,
θ T M f θ λ
3
λ f 1
for all λ 0.
b) For any 1 p , M is bounded on L p.
Proof. Fix some λ 0 and any compact
K θ T
M f θ λ
(2.6)
There exists a finite cover I j
N j 1
of T by open arcs I j such that
I j
f ϕ d ϕ λ I j (2.7)
for each j. We now apply Wiener’s covering lemma to pass to a more convenient
sub-cover: Select an arc of maximal length from I j
; call it J 1. Observe that any
I j such that I j J 1 satisfies I j 3 J 1 where 3 J 1 is the arc with the same
center as J 1 and three times the length (if 3 J 1 has length larger than 1, then set
3 J 1 T). Now remove all arcs from
I j
N j
1 that intersect J 1. Let J 2 be one of
the remaining ones with maximal length. Continuing in this fashion we obtain arcs
J
L
1 which are pair-wise disjoint and so that
N
j 1
I j
L
1
3 J
In view of (2.6) and (2.7) therefore
K
L
1
3 J
3
L
1
J
3
λ
L
1
J
f ϕ d ϕ
3
λ f 1
as claimed.
To prove part b), one interpolates the bound from a) with the trivial L bound
M f
f
by means of Marcinkiewicz’s interpolation theorem.
We remark that the same argument based on Wiener’s covering lemma yields
the corresponding statement for M µ when µ M T . In other words, if we define
M µ θ
supθ
I T
µ I
I
![Page 30: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 30/167
30 2. HARMONIC FUNCTIONS ON D AND THE POISSON KERNEL
then for all λ 0
θ T M µ θ λ
3
λ µ
where µ
is the total variation of µ.
Exercise 2.4. Find within a multiplicative constant M δ0, where δ0 is the Dirac
measure at 0. Use this to prove that the weak- L1 bound on M µ cannot be improved
in general, even when µ is absolutely continuous.
For a considerable strengthening of the previous exercise, the reader should
consult Problem 3.4 in the next chapter. We now introduce the class of approximate
identities which are dominated by the maximal function.
Definition 2.6. Let Φn
n 1 be an approximate identity as in Definition 1.3.
We say that it is radially bounded if there exist functions Ψn
n 1 on T so that the
following additional property holds:
A4) Φn Ψn, Ψn is even and decreasing, i.e., Ψn θ Ψn ϕ for 0 ϕ
θ
12
, for all n 1. Finally, we require that supn Ψn 1
.
All basic examples of approximate identities which we have encountered so
far (Fejer, Poisson, and box kernels) are of this type. The following lemma estab-
lishes the aforementioned uniform control of the convolution with radially bounded
approximate identities in terms of the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function.
Lemma 2.7. If Φn
n 1
satisfies A4 , then for any f L1
T one has
supn
Φn f θ supn
Ψn 1 M f θ
for all θ T.
Proof. It clearly suffices to show the following statement: let
K :
1
2,
1
2 R
0
be even and decreasing. Then for any f L1
T we have
K
f
θ K
1 M f θ (2.8)
Indeed, assume that (2.8) holds. Then
supn
Φn f θ supn
Ψn f θ supn
Ψn 1 M f θ
and the lemma follows. The idea behind (2.8) is to show that K can be written as
an average of box kernels, i.e., for some positive measure µ
K θ
12
0
χ
ϕ,ϕ
θ µ d ϕ
(2.9)
We leave it to the reader to check that d µ dK
K
12
δ 12
is a suitable choice.
Notice that (2.9) implies that 1
0
K θ d θ
12
0
2ϕ d µ ϕ
![Page 31: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 31/167
2. HARMONIC FUNCTIONS ON D AND THE POISSON KERNEL 31
Moreover, by (2.9),
K f θ
12
0
1
2ϕ χ ϕ,ϕ
f
θ 2ϕ µ d ϕ
M f θ
12
0
2ϕ µ d ϕ
M f θ K 1
which is (2.8).
The following theorem establishes the main almost everywhere convergence
result of this chapter. The reader should note how the maximal function enters
precisely in order to interchange the aforementioned double limit.
Theorem 2.8. If
Φn
n 1 satisfies A1)–A4), then for any f
L1
T
one hasΦn f f almost everywhere as n .
Proof. Pick ε 0 and let g
C
T with
f
g
1 ε. By Proposition 1.5,
with h f g one has
θ T limsupn
Φn f θ f θ
ε
θ T limsupn
Φn h θ
ε 2 θ T h θ
ε 2
θ T sup
n Φn
h θ
ε 2
θ T h
θ
ε 2
θ T C Mh
θ
ε 2
θ T h
θ
ε 2
C
ε
To pass to the final inequality we used Proposition 2.5 as well as Markov’s inequal-
ity (recall h
1 ε).
As a corollary we not only obtain the classical Lebesgue diff erentiation theo-
rem (by considering the box kernel), but also almost everywhere convergence of
the Cesaro means σ N f (via the Fejer kernel), as well as of the Poisson integrals
Pr f to f for any f L1 T . A theorem of Kolmogoroff states that this fails for
the partial sums S N f on L1 T . We will present this example in Chapter 5.
Exercise 2.5. It is natural to ask whether there is an analogue of Theorem 2.8
for measures µ M T . Prove the following:
a) If µ M T is a positive measure which is singular with respect to
Lebesgue measure m (in symbols, µ m), then for a.e. θ T with respect
to Lebesgue measure we have
µ θ ε, θ ε
2ε 0 as ε 0
![Page 32: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 32/167
32 2. HARMONIC FUNCTIONS ON D AND THE POISSON KERNEL
b) Let Φn
n 1 satisfy A1)–A4), and assume that the Ψn
n 1 from Defini-
tion 2.1 also satisfy
supδ
θ
12
Ψn θ 0 as n
for all δ 0. Under these assumptions show that for any µ
M T
Φn µ f a.e. as n
where µ d θ f θ d θ νs d θ is the Lebesgue decomposition, i.e.,
f L1 T and νs m.
Notes
Standard references on everything here are Hoff man [25], Garnett [20], and Koosis [34].
Problems
Problem 2.1. Let X , µ be a general measure space. We say a sequence f n
n 1
L1 µ is uniformly integrable if for every ε 0 there exists δ 0 such that
µ E δ supn
E
f n du
ε
Suppose µ is a finite measure. Let φ : 0, 0, be a continuous increasing function
with limt
φ
t
t . Prove that
supn
φ f n x µ dx
implies that f n is uniformly integrable.
Problem 2.2. Suppose f n
n 1
is a sequence in L1 T . Show that there is a subse-
quence f n j
j 1
and a measure µ with f n j
σ
µ provided supn f n 1 . Here σ is
the weak-star convergence of measures. Show that in general µ L1 T . However, if we
assume that, in addition, f n
1 is uniformly integrable, then µ d θ f θ d θ for some
f L1 T . Can we conclude anything about strong convergence (i.e., in the L1-norm) of
f n ? Consider the analogous question on L p T , p 1.
Problem 2.3. Let µ be a positive finite Borel measure on Rd or Td . Set
M µ x : supr
0
µ B x, r
m B x, r
where m is the Lebesgue measure. This problem examines the behavior of M µ when µ is asingular measure, cf. Problem 3.4 for more on this case.
(1) Show that µ m implies µ x M µ x 0
(2) Show that if µ m, then
limsupr
0
µ B x, r
m B x, r
for µ a.e. x. Also show that this limit vanishes m-a.e.
![Page 33: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 33/167
2. HARMONIC FUNCTIONS ON D AND THE POISSON KERNEL 33
Problem 2.4. For any f L1 R
d and 1 k d let
M k f x supr 0
r k
B x,r
f y dy
Show that for every λ 0
m L x L M k f x λ
C
λ f L1
Rd
where L is an arbitrary affine k -dimensional subspace and “m L” stands for Lebesgue mea-
sure (i.e., k -dimensional measure) on this subspace. C is an absolute constant.
Problem 2.5. Prove the Besicovitch covering lemma on T: Suppose I j are finitely
many arcs with I j 1. Then there is a sub-collection I jk such that the following
properties hold:
(1) k I jk j I j
(2) No point belongs to more than C of the I jk ’s where C is an absolute constant.
What is the best value of C ?What can you say about higher dimensions?
Problem 2.6. Let F 0 be a harmonic function onD. Show that there exists a positive
measure µ on T with F re θ Pr µ θ for 0 r 1 and with µ F 0 .
Problem 2.7. A sequence of complex numbers an n Z is called positive definite if
an a
n for all n Z
n,k an
k zn zk 0 for all complex sequences zn n Z
Show that any positive definite sequence satisfies an a0 for all n Z. Show that if
µ is a positive measure, then an
T e nθ µ d θ is such a sequence. Now prove that
every positive definite sequence is of this form. Hint: apply the previous problem to the
harmonic function
n an r ne nθ .
![Page 34: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 34/167
![Page 35: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 35/167
CHAPTER 3
Analytic h1 D
Functions, F. & M. Riesz Theorem
In the previous chapter, we mainly dealt with functions harmonic in the disk
satisfying various boundedness properties. We now turn to functions F u iv
h1 D which are analytic in D. This is well-defined since analytic functions are
complex-valued harmonic ones. These functions form the class H1 D , the “big”
Hardy space. We have shown there that F r Pr µ for some µ
M T
. It
is important to note that by analyticity ˆ µ
n
0 if n
0. A theorem by F. &M. Riesz asserts that such measures are absolutely continuous. From the example
F z :
1 z
1 z
Pr θ iQr θ , z re θ
one sees an important diff erence between the analytic and the harmonic cases. In-
deed, while Pr h1
D , clearly F h1
D . The boundary measure associated with
Pr is δ0, whereas F is not associated with any boundary measure in the sense of
the previous chapter.
An important technical device that will allow us to obtain more information in
the analytic case is given by subharmonic functions. Loosely speaking, this device
will allow us to exploit algebraic properties of analytic functions that harmonic
ones do not have (such as the fact that F 2
is again analytic if F is analytic, whichdoes not hold in the harmonic category).
Definition 3.1. Let Ω R2 be a region (i.e., open and connected) and let
f : Ω R where we extend the topology to R in the obvious
way. We say that f is subharmonic if
(1) f is continuous
(2) for all z Ω there exists r z 0 so that
f z
1
0
f
z re θ
d θ
for all 0 r r z. We refer to this as the (local) “submean value prop-
erty”.
It is helpful to keep in mind that in one dimension “harmonic = linear” and
“subharmonic = convex”. Subharmonic functions derive their name from the fact
that they lie below harmonic ones, in the same way that convex functions lie be-
low linear ones. We will make this precise by means of the important maximum
principle which subharmonic functions obey. We begin by deriving some basic
properties of this class.
35
![Page 36: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 36/167
36 3. ANALYTIC h1 D
FUNCTIONS, F. & M. RIESZ THEOREM
Lemma 3.2. Subharmonic functions satisfy the following properties:
1) If f and g are subharmonic, then f g :
max
f , g
is subharmonic.
2) If f C 2 Ω then f is subharmonic f 0 in Ω3) F analytic
log F and F
α with α 0 are subharmonic
4) If f is subharmonic and ϕ is increasing and convex, then ϕ f is subhar-
monic we set ϕ :
lim x
ϕ x .
Proof. 1) is immediate. For 2) use Jensen’s formula
T
f z re θ d θ f z
D z,r
log r
w z
f w m dw (3.1)
where m stands for two-dimensional Lebesgue measure and
D z, r
w
C w
z
r
The reader is asked to verify this formula in the following exercise. If f 0, then
the submean value property holds. If f z0 0, then let r 0 0 be sufficiently
small so that f 0 on D z0, r 0 Since log r 0 w z0
0 on this disk, Jensen’s
formula implies that the submean value property fails. Next, we verify 4) by means
of Jensen’s inequality for convex functions:
ϕ f z ϕ
T
f z re θ d θ
T
ϕ f z re θ d θ
The first inequality sign uses that ϕ is increasing, whereas the second uses convex-
ity of ϕ (this second inequality is called Jensen’s inequality). If F is analytic, then
log F
is continuous with values in R
. If F z0 0, then log
F
z
is
harmonic on some disk D z0, r 0 . Thus, one has the stronger mean value property
on this disk. If F z0 0, then log F z0 , and there is nothing to prove.
To see that F α is subharmonic, apply 4) to log F z with ϕ x exp α x .
Exercise 3.1. Prove Jensen’s formula (3.1) for C 2 functions.
Now we can derive the aforementioned domination of subharmonic functions
by harmonic ones.
Lemma 3.3. Let Ω be a bounded region. Suppose f is subharmonic on Ω ,
f C Ω and let u be harmonic onΩ , u C
Ω . If f u on Ω , then f u on
Ω.
Proof. We may take u 0, so f 0 on Ω. Let M maxΩ f and assume
that M 0. Set
S z
Ω f z M
Then S Ω and S is closed in Ω. If z S , then by the submean value property
there exists r z 0 so that D z, r z Ω. Hence S is also open. Since Ω is assumed
to be connected, one obtains S Ω. This is a contradiction.
The following lemma shows that the submean value property holds on any disk
in Ω. The point here is that we upgrade the local submean value property to a true
submean value property using the largest possible disks.
![Page 37: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 37/167
3. ANALYTIC h1 D
FUNCTIONS, F. & M. RIESZ THEOREM 37
Lemma 3.4. Let f be subharmonic in Ω , z0 Ω , D z0, r Ω. Then
f
z0
T f
z0
re
θ
d θ
Proof. Let gn max
f ,
n , where n
1. Without loss of generality z0
0.
Define un z to be the harmonic extension of gn restricted to
D z0, r where r 0
is as in the statement of the lemma. By the previous lemma,
f 0 gn 0 un 0
T
un re θ d θ
the last equality being the mean value property of harmonic functions. Since
max z r
un z max
z r f z
the monotone convergence theorem for decreasing sequences yields
f 0
T
f re θ d θ
as claimed.
Corollary 3.5. If g is subharmonic on D , then for all θ
g rse θ Pr gs θ
for any 0 r , s 1.
Proof. If g
everywhere on D, then this follows from Lemma 3.3. If
not, then set gn g n. Thus
g rse
θ gn
rse θ
Pr gn s θ
and consequently
g rse
θ limsup
n
Pr
gn s θ Pr
gs θ
where the final inequality follows from Fatou’s lemma (which can be applied in the
“reverse form” here since the gn have a uniform upper bound).
Note that if g s L1 T
, then g on D
0, s and so g
on D 0, 1
.
We now introduce the radial maximal function associated with any function on thedisk. It, and the more general nontangential maximal function where the supremum
is taken over a cone in D, are of central importance in the analysis of this chapter.
Definition 3.6. Let F be any complex-valued function on D then F : T R
is defined as
F
θ sup
0 r 1
F
re
θ
![Page 38: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 38/167
38 3. ANALYTIC h1 D
FUNCTIONS, F. & M. RIESZ THEOREM
We showed in the previous chapter that any u h1 D satisfies u
C M µ
where µ is the boundary measure of u, i.e., ur Pr µ. In particular, one has
θ T u
θ λ C λ
1 u 1
We shall prove the analogous bound for subharmonic functions which are L1-
bounded.
Proposition 3.7. Suppose g is subharmonic on D, g 0 and g is L1-bounded,
i.e.,
g 1 : sup0 r 1
T
g re θ d θ
Then
(1) θ T g
θ λ
3λ
g 1 for λ
0.
(2) If g is L p bounded, i.e.,
g
p p :
sup
0 r 1
T
g re
θ
p d θ
with 1 p , then
g
L p T
C p g p
Proof.
(1) Let gr n µ M
T in the weak-
sense. Then
µ g
1 and
gs gr n s gr n Ps Ps µ
Thus, by Lemma 2.7,
g
sup
0 s 1
Ps µ M µ
and the desired bound now follows from Proposition 2.5.
(2) If g p
, then d µ
d θ L p
T with
d µ
d θ p g p and thus
g
C M d µ
d θ
L p T
by Proposition 2.5, as claimed.
We now present three versions of a theorem due to F. & M. Riesz. It is impor-tant to note that the following result fails without analyticity.
Theorem 3.8 (First Version of the F. & M. Riesz Theorem). Suppose F h1 D
is analytic. Then F L1
T .
Proof. F
12 is subharmonic and L2-bounded. By Proposition 3.7 therefore
F
12
L2
T . But
F
12
F
12 and thus F
L1
T .
![Page 39: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 39/167
3. ANALYTIC h1 D
FUNCTIONS, F. & M. RIESZ THEOREM 39
Let F h1 D . By Theorem 2.2, F r Pr µ where µ M T has a Lebesgue
decomposition µ d θ f θ d θ νs d θ , νs singular and f L1 T . By Exer-
cise 2.5 b) one has Pr
µ
f a.e. as r
1. Thus, limr
1 F
re
θ
f
θ
existsfor a.e. θ T. This justifies the statement of the following theorem.
Theorem 3.8 (Second Version). Assume F h1
D and F analytic. Let f
θ
limr 1 F
re θ
. Then F r Pr f for all 0 r 1.
Proof. We have F r f a.e. and F r F
L1 by the previous theorem.
Therefore, F r f in L1 T
and Theorem 2.2 finishes the proof.
Theorem 3.8 (Third Version). Suppose µ M T , ˆ µ n 0 for all n 0.
Then µ is absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure.
Proof. Since ˆ µ n 0 for n Z
one has that F r Pr µ is analytic
on D. By the second version above and the remark preceding it, one concludes that
µ d θ f θ d θ with f limr 1
F
re θ
L1 T
, as claimed.
The logic of this argument shows that if µ m (where m is Lebesgue measure),
then the harmonic extension u µ of µ satisfies u
µ L1 T
. It is possible to give a
more quantitative version of this fact. Indeed, suppose that µ is a positive measure.
Then for some absolute constant C ,
C 1 M µ u
µ C M µ (3.2)
where the upper bound is Lemma 2.7 (applied to the Poisson kernel) and the lower
bound follows from the assumption µ 0 and the fact that the Poisson kernel
dominates the box kernel. Part a) of Problem 3.4 below therefore implies the quan-
titative non- L1 statement
θ T u
µ θ λ
C
λ µ
for µ m , where µ is a positive measure.
The F. & M. Riesz theorem raises the following question: Given f L1 T ,
how can one decide if
Pr f iQr f h1 D ?
We know that necessarily u
f Pr f
L1 T
. A theorem by Burkholder,
Gundy, and Silverstein states that this is also sufficient (they proved this for the
non-tangential maximal function). It is important to note the diff erence from (3.2),
i.e., that this is not the same as the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function satisfying
M f L1 T
due to possible cancellation in f . In fact, it is known that
M f L1 T f log 2 f L1
, see Problem 7.6.
We conclude this chapter with another theorem due to the Riesz brothers,
which can be seen as a generalization of the uniqueness theorem for analytic func-
tions. In fact, it says that if an analytic function F on the disk does not have too wild
growth as one approaches the boundary (expressed through the L1-boundedness
![Page 40: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 40/167
40 3. ANALYTIC h1 D
FUNCTIONS, F. & M. RIESZ THEOREM
condition), then the boundary values are well-defined and cannot vanish on a set of
positive measure (unless F vanishes identically).
Theorem 3.9 (Second F. & M. Riesz Theorem). Let F be analytic on D and
L1-bounded, i.e., F h1
D . Assume F
0 and set f
limr 1
F r . Then
log f
L1
T . In particular, f does not vanish on a set of positive measure.
Proof. The idea is that if F 0 0, then
T
log f θ d θ log F 0
Since log
f f L1 T by Theorem 3.8, we should be done. Some care
needs to be taken, though, as F attains the boundary values f only in the almost
everywhere sense. This issue can easily be handled by means of Fatou’s lemma.
First, F
L1
T , so log
F r
F implies that log
f
L1
T by Lebesgue
dominated convergence. Second, by subharmonicity,
T
log F r θ d θ log F 0
so that
T
log f θ d θ
T
limr 1
log F r θ d θ
lim sup
r 1
T
log F r θ
d θ log
F
0
If F 0
0, then we are done. If F 0
0, then choose another point z0 D
for which F z0
0. Now one either repeats the previous argument with the
Poisson kernel instead of the submean value property, or one composes F with an
automorphism of the unit disk that moves 0 to z0. Then the previous argument
applies.
Theorem 3.9 generalizes the following fact from complex analysis, which is
proved by Schwarz reflection and Riemann mapping: Let F be analytic in Ω and
continuous up to Γ Ω which is an open Lipschitz arc. If F 0 on Γ, then
F 0 in Ω.
Notes
For all of this see Hoff
man’s classic [25], Garnett [20], and especially Koosis [34]. TheBurkholder-Gundy-Silverstein theorem, which is proved in [34], can be seen as a precursor
to the Feff erman-Stein grand maximal function which leads to the real-variable theory of
Hardy space, see [46]. There are some glaring omissions in this chapter such as inner and
outer functions. However, we shall not require that aspect of H p theory in this book.
Problems
![Page 41: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 41/167
3. ANALYTIC h1 D
FUNCTIONS, F. & M. RIESZ THEOREM 41
Problem 3.1. Establish the maximum principle for subharmonic functions:
a) Show that if u is subharmonic on Ω and satisfies u z u z0 for all z Ω and
some fixed z0
Ω, then u is a constant.b) Show that if Ω is bounded and u is continuous on Ω, then u z max
Ω u for all
z Ω with equality being possibly only if u is a constant.
Problem 3.2. Let u be subharmonic on a domain Ω. Show that there exist a unique
measure µ on Ω such that µ K for every K Ω (i.e., K is a compact subset of Ω)
and so that
u z
log z ζ d µ ζ h z
where h is harmonic on Ω. This is called “Riesz’s representation of subharmonic func-
tions”.
Problem 3.3. With u and µ as in the previous exercise, show that
Tu
z
re
θ
d θ
u
z
r
0
µ D z, t
t dt
for all D z, r Ω (this generalizes “Jensen’s formula” (3.1) to functions which are not
twice continuously diff erentiable). Recover the classical Jensen’s formula from complex
analysis by setting u z : log f z where f is analytic.
Problem 3.4. This problem explores the behavior of the Hardy-Littlewood maximal
function of measures which are singular relative to Lebesgue measure.
a) Prove that if µ M T 0 satisfies µ m, then M µ L1. In fact, show that
θ
T M µ θ
λ
c
λ µ
provided λ µ with an absolute constant c 0.
b) Prove that there is a numerical constant C such that if µ M T is a positive
measure and F the associated harmonic function, then M µ CF
. Concludethat if µ is singular, then F L1.
Problem 3.5. Show that the class of analytic function F z in the unit disk with posi-
tive real part is in one-to-one relation with the class of functions of the form
F ζ
T
1 ζ e θ
1 ζ e θ µ d θ ic, ζ 1
where µ is a positive Borel measure on T and c is a real constant.
![Page 42: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 42/167
![Page 43: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 43/167
CHAPTER 4
The Conjugate Harmonic Function
While the previous two chapters focused on the Poisson kernel Pr , this chapter
is devoted to the study of the kernel Qr conjugate to Pr which we introduced in
Chapter 2. This turns out to have far-reaching consequences, for example it will
allow us to answer the question of L p-convergence of Fourier series with 1 p
which was raised in Chapter 1. We begin by recalling the definition of conjugate
function.
Definition 4.1. Let u be real-valued and harmonic in D. Then we define u to be
that unique real-valued and harmonic function in D for which u iu is analytic and
u 0 0. If u is complex-valued and harmonic, then we set u : Re u
i Im u
.
The following lemma presents some simple but useful properties of the har-
monic conjugate u.
Lemma 4.2. Let u be the harmonic conjugate as above.
1) If u is constant, then u 0.
2) If u is analytic in D and u 0 0 , then u iu. If u is co-analytic
(meaning that u is analytic), then u iu.
3) Any harmonic function u can be written uniquely as u c f g with
c constant, f , g analytic, and f
0
g
0
0.
Proof. 1) and 2) follow immediately from the definition, whereas 3) is given
by
u u 0
1
2 u u
0 iu
1
2 u u
0 iu
Uniqueness of c, f , g is also clear.
There is a simple relation between the Fourier coefficients of ur and that of
its harmonic conjugate. This relation will be the key to expressing the partial sum
operator for Fourier series in terms of the harmonic conjugate. Henceforth, we
shall occasionally use F to denote the Fourier transform for notational reasons.
Lemma 4.3. Suppose u is harmonic on D. Then for all n Z , n 0
F ur
n
i sign n
ur
n
(4.1)
Proof. By Lemma 4.2 it suffices to consider u constant, analytic, co-analytic.
We present the case u analytic, u 0 0. Then u iu so that F ur n
i ur
n for all u
Z. But ur n
0 for u
0 and thus (4.1) holds in this case.
43
![Page 44: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 44/167
44 4. THE CONJUGATE HARMONIC FUNCTION
Together with the Plancherel theorem, the previous lemma immediately allows
us to conclude the following relation between the L2-norms.
Proposition 4.4. Let u h2 D be real-valued. Then u h2
D . In fact,
ur
22
ur
22
u 0
2
Proof. As already mentioned, this follows from Lemma 4.3 and the Plancherel
theorem. Alternatively, by Cauchy’s theorem,
T
ur iur
2 θ d θ u iu
2
0 u2
0
Since the right-hand side is real-valued, the left-hand side is also necessarily real
and thus
u2 0
Tu2r θ d θ
Tu2r θ d θ
as claimed.
The previous L2-boundedness result allows us to determine the boundary val-
ues of the conjugates of h2 functions.
Corollary 4.5. If u h2
D , then limr 1 u
re
θ exists for a.e. θ T as an
L2 T
function, and the convergence is also in the sense of L2.
Proof. By Proposition 4.4 we know that u h2 D and the result of Chapter 2
lead to the desired conclusion.
We now consider the case of h1 D
. From the example of the Poisson kernel
and its conjugate we see that there is no hope to obtain a result as strong as in
the case of h2. However, we shall now show that the radial maximal function (as
defined in the previous chapter) of the conjugate to any h1 D -function is bounded
in weak- L1 T .
We emphasize, however, that this has nothing to do with the weak- L1 bound-
edness of the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function. In fact, it is not possible to
control the convolutions with Qr by means of that maximal function uniformly
in 0 r
1.
Nevertheless, the following theorem due to Besicovitch and Kolmogoroff shows
that the weak- L1
property still holds. The proof presented here is based on the no-tion of harmonic measure.
Theorem 4.6. Let u h1 D . Then
θ T u
θ λ
C
λ u 1
with some absolute constant C.
![Page 45: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 45/167
4. THE CONJUGATE HARMONIC FUNCTION 45
Proof. By Theorem 2.2, ur Pr µ. Splitting µ into real and imaginary parts,
and then each piece into its positive and negative parts, we reduce ourselves to the
case u
0. Let E λ θ T u
θ λ
and set F u iu. Then F is analytic and F
0 iu
0 . Define a function
ωλ x, y :
1
π
, λ λ,
y
x t 2 y2
dt
which is harmonic for y 0 and non negative. The following two properties of ωλ
will be important:
(1) ωλ x, y
12
if x λ
(2) ωλ 0, y
2 y
πλ.
For the first property it suffices to note that
0
1
π
y
x2 y2
dx
1
2 y
0
For the second property compute
ωλ 0, y
1
π
,
λ
λ,
y
t 2 y2 dt
2
π
λ y
dt
1 t 2
2 y
πλ,
as claimed.
Observe now that ωλ F is harmonic and that θ
E λ implies
ωλ F
re
θ
1
2
for some 0 r
1. Thus
E λ θ T ωλ F
θ 1 2
3
1 2
ωλ F 1 (4.2)
by Proposition 3.7. Since ωλ F 0, the mean value property implies that
ωλ F 1 ωλ F 0 ωλ iu 0
2
π
u 0
λ
2
π
u 1
λ.
Combining this with (4.2) yields
E λ
12
π
u
1
λ
and we are done.
Exercise 4.1. Show that ωλ x, y
equals an angle measured from z x
iy.
Which angle? Use this to show that ωλ x, y
12
provided x, y
lies outside the
semi-circle with radius λ and center 0. Furthermore, show that ωλ is the unique
harmonic function in the upper half plane which equals 1 on Γ : , λ
λ, , equals 0 on λ, λ R
Γ, and which is globally bounded. It is called the
harmonic measure of , λ λ,
, and can be defined in the same fashion
on general domains Ω and any open Γ
Ω (in fact, more general Γ). It turns out
that the harmonic measure of Γ relative to Ω equals the probability that Brownian
![Page 46: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 46/167
46 4. THE CONJUGATE HARMONIC FUNCTION
motion starting at z Ω hits the boundary for the first time at Γ rather than in Ω Γ.
Of particular importance is the conformal invariance of this notion, but we make
no use of this probabilistic connection in this book.
The following result introduces the Hilbert transform and establishes a weak-
L1 bound for it. Formally speaking, the Hilbert transform H µ of a measure µ
M T is defined by
µ u µ u µ
limr 1
u µ r
: H µ
i.e., the Hilbert transform of a function on T equals the boundary values of the
conjugate function of its harmonic extension. By Corollary 4.5 this is well defined
if µ d θ f θ d θ , f L2 T . We now consider the case f L1
T .
Corollary 4.7. Given u h1
D the limit limr 1 u
re
θ exists for a.e. θ .
With u Pr µ , µ
M T
, this limit is denoted by H µ. There is the weak-L1
bound
θ T H µ θ λ
C
λ µ
Proof. If µ d θ
f θ d θ with f
L2
T, then limr 1
u f re
θ exists for a.e. θ
by Corollary 4.5. If f L1 T and ε 0, then let g L2
T such that f g 1 ε.
Denote, for any δ 0,
E δ : θ T
lim supr ,s 1
u f
re θ
u f se
θ δ
and
F δ : θ T limsup
r ,s 1
uh re θ
uh se θ δ
where h f g. In view of the preceding theorem and the L2-case,
E δ F δ θ T uh
θ δ 2
C
δ
uh 1
C
δ
f g
1 0
as ε 0. This finishes the case where µ is absolutely continuous relative to
Lebesgue measure.
To treat singular measures, we first consider measures µ ν which satisfy
supp ν 0. Here
supp ν
: T I T ν I
0
I being an arc. Observe that for any θ supp ν
the limit limr 1 ur θ exists
since the analytic function u iu can be continued across that interval J on T
for which µ J 0 and which contains θ . Hence limr
1 ur exist a.e. by the
assumption supp ν 0. If µ M T is an arbitrary singular measure, then use
inner regularity to say that for every ε 0 there is ν M T
with µ ν ε
and supp ν 0. Indeed, set ν A : µ A K for all Borel sets A where
K is compact and µ T
K ε. The theorem now follows by passing from the
![Page 47: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 47/167
4. THE CONJUGATE HARMONIC FUNCTION 47
statement for ν to that for µ by means of the same argument that was used in the
absolutely continuous case above.
It is now easy to obtain the L p boundedness of the Hilbert transform on 1
p . This result is due to Marcel Riesz, who gave a diff erent proof, see the
following exercise for his original argument.
Theorem 4.8. If 1 p , then H f p C p f p. Consequently, if u
h p D with 1 p , then u h p
D and u p C p u p
Proof. By Proposition 4.4, Hu 2 u 2 with equality if and only if
T
u θ d θ 0
Interpolating this with the weak- L1 bound from Corollary 4.7 by means of the
Marcinkiewicz interpolation theorem finishes the case 1
p
2. If 2
p
,then we use duality. More precisely, if f , g L2
T , then
f , Hg
n Z
ˆ f n
Hg n
n Z
isign n
ˆ f n g n
n Z
H f n
g
n
H f , g
This shows that H
H . Hence, if f L p T L2
T and g L2 T L p
T ,
then
H f , g
f , Hg
f
p Hg
p
C p
f
p g
p
and thus H f p C p
f p as claimed.
Exercise 4.2. Give a complex variable proof of the L2m
T
-boundedness of theHilbert transform by applying the Cauchy integral formula to u iu
2m when m
is a positive integer, cf. the proof of Proposition 4.4. Obtain the previous theorem
from this by interpolation and duality.
Consider the analytic mapping F u iv that takes D onto the strip
z Re z
1
Then u h
D but clearly v h
D so that Theorem 4.8 fails on L
T . By
duality, it also fails on L1 T . The correct substitute for L1 in this context is the
space of real parts of functions in H1 D
. This is a deep result that goes much
further than the F. & M. Riesz theorem. The statement is that
H f 1
C
u
f 1 (4.3)
where u
f is the non-tangential maximal function of the harmonic extension u f of
f . Recall that by the Burkholder-Gundy-Silverstein theorem the right-hand side in
(4.3) is finite if and only if f is the real part of an analytic L1-bounded function.
A more modern approach to (4.3) is given by the real-variable theory of Hardy
spaces, which subsume statements such as (4.3) by the boundedness of singular
integral operators on such spaces.
![Page 48: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 48/167
48 4. THE CONJUGATE HARMONIC FUNCTION
Next, we turn to the problem of expressing H f in terms of a kernel. By Exer-
cise 2.3, it is clear that one would expect that
H µ θ
T
cot π θ ϕ µ d ϕ
(4.4)
for any µ M
T . This, however, requires justification as the integral on the
right-hand side is not necessarily convergent.
Proposition 4.9. If µ M T , then
lim
0
θ
ϕ
cot π θ ϕ µ
d ϕ H µ θ (4.5)
for a.e. θ T. In other words, (4.4) holds in the principal value sense.
Exercise 4.3. Verify that the limit in (4.5) exists for all d µ f d θ d ν where
f
C
1 T
and
supp
ν
0. Furthermore, show that these measures are dense inM T .
Proof of Proposition 4.9. The idea is to represent a general measure as a limit
of measures of the kind given by the previous exercise. As we have seen in the
proof of the a.e. convergence result Theorem 2.8, the double limit appearing in
such an argument requires a bound on an appropriate maximal function. In this
case the natural bound is of the form
mes
θ T sup
0
12
θ ϕ
cot π θ ϕ µ d ϕ
λ
C
λ µ
(4.6)
for all λ 0. We leave it to the reader to check that (4.6) implies the theorem.
In order to prove (4.6) we invoke our strongest result on the conjugate function,namely Theorem 4.6. More precisely, we claim that
sup0 r 1
Qr µ θ
θ
ϕ
1
r
cot π θ ϕ µ d ϕ
C M µ θ (4.7)
where M µ is the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function. Since
sup0
r 1
Qr µ θ u µ
θ
(4.6) follows from (4.7) by means of Theorem 4.6 and Proposition 2.5. To verify
(4.7) write the diff erence inside the absolute value signs as K r µ θ , where
K r θ
Qr θ cot πθ if 1 r θ
12
Qr
θ
if
θ
1
r By means of calculus one checks that
K r θ
C 1 r 2
θ
3 if θ
1 r
C 1 r 1 if
θ 1
r
This proves that K r 0 r 1 form a radially bounded approximate identity and (4.7)
therefore follows from Lemma 2.7.
![Page 49: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 49/167
4. THE CONJUGATE HARMONIC FUNCTION 49
Proposition 4.9 raises the question whether Theorem 4.8 can be proved based
on the representation (4.5) alone, i.e., without using complex variables or harmonic
functions. Going even further, we may ask if the L
2
-boundedness of the Hilberttransform can be proved without using the Fourier transform. We shall answer
all of these questions later in the context of Calderon-Zygmund theory where they
play an important role.
Exercise 4.4. Show by means of (4.5) that H is not bounded on L
T . For
example, consider H χ 0, 1
2
. Also, deduce from the fact that cot πθ L1
T that H
is not bounded on L1.
The following proposition shows that the Hilbert transform H f is exponen-
tially integrable for bounded functions f . In Exercise 4.4, you should find that
H χ 0, 1
2
has logarithmic behavior at 0 and 12
, which shows that the following result
is best possible.
Proposition 4.10. Let f be a real-valued function on T with f 1. Then for
any 0 α
π2
T
eα H f θ d θ
2
cos α
Proof. Let u u f be the harmonic extension of f to D and set F u iu.
Then u 1 by the maximum principle and hence cos αu cos α. Therefore,
Re eαF Re
eαu e iαu
cos αu eαu cos α eαu (4.8)
By the mean value property,
T
Re eαF r θ
d θ Re eαF 0
Re e iα u
0
cos αu 0 1
Combining this with (4.8) yields
T
eαur θ d θ
1
cos α
and by Fatou’s lemma therefore
T
eα H f
θ d θ
1
cos α
Since this inequality also holds for f , the proposition follows.
In later chapters we will develop the real-variable theory of singular integrals
which contains the results on the Hilbert transform obtained above. The basic
theorem, due to Calderon and Zygmund, states that singular integrals are boundedon L p
Rn
for 1 p thus generalizing Theorem 4.8.
The analogue of Proposition 4.10 for singular integrals is given by the fact
that they are bounded from L to BMO (the space of bounded mean oscillation)
and that BMO functions are exponentially integrable (this is called John-Nirenberg
inequality). The dual question of what happens on L1 leads into the real variable
theory of Hardy spaces. The analogue of (4.3) is then that singular integrals are
![Page 50: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 50/167
![Page 51: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 51/167
4. THE CONJUGATE HARMONIC FUNCTION 51
Conclude that S N f converges in the L p sense for any f L p T
d and 1 p
provided each component of N .
We remark that the corresponding result in which expanding rectangles are
replaced with Euclidean balls in Zd is false; in fact, Charlie Feff erman’s ball multi-
plier theorem states that the analogue of the previous exercise only holds for p 2
in that case. This is delicate, and relies on the existence of Kakeya sets. We shall
return to these matters in a later chapter.
Notes
The conjugate function and the Hilbert transform provide the link between the complex-
variable based theory of Hardy spaces and the real-variable Calderon-Zygmund theory
which we turn to in a later chapter. Koosis [ 34] proves the Burkholder-Gundy-Silverstein
theorem. This reference also presents some elements of the modern real-variable theory of
H 1 spaces, such as the atomic decomposition of H 1. The full real-variable H p theory in
higher dimensional is developed in Stein’s book [46]. We shall discuss some of the basic
ideas of that theory by means of a dyadic model in a later chapter.
Problems
Problem 4.1. Find an expression for the harmonic measure of an arc on T relative to
the disk D. Relate it to the harmonic measure of an interval relative to the upper half plane
by means of a conformal mapping.
Problem 4.2. This problem provides a weak form of a.e. convergence of Fourier series
on L1 T . In the following chapter we will see via Kolmogoroff ’s construction that the full
form of the a.e. convergence fails for L1 functions.
a) Show that, for any λ 0
sup N
θ T S N f θ λ
C
λ f 1
with some absolute constant C .
b) What would such an inequality mean with the sup N inside, i.e.,
θ T sup N
S N f θ λ
C
λ f 1
for all λ 0? Can this be true?
c) Using a) show that for every f L1 T there exists a subsequence N j
depending on f such that
S N j f f a.e.
as j .
Problem 4.3. Prove the following multiplier estimate. Let m : mn n
Z be a se-
quence in C satisfying
n
Z
mn mn 1 B, lim
n
mn 0
![Page 52: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 52/167
52 4. THE CONJUGATE HARMONIC FUNCTION
Define the multiplier operator T m by the rule
T m f θ
n
mn ˆ f n e nθ
for trigonometric polynomials f . Prove that for any such f one has
T m f p C p B f p
for any 1 p .
Problem 4.4. Let ϕ C
T and denote by Aϕ the multiplication operator by ϕ. With
H the Hilbert transform on T, show that
Aϕ, H Aϕ H H Aϕ
is a smoothing operator, i.e., if µ M T is an arbitrary measure, then
Aϕ, H µ C T
Problem 4.5. The complex variable methods developed in Chapters 2, 3, as well as
this one equally well apply to the upper half plane instead of the disk. For example, thePoisson kernel is
Pt x
1
π
t
x2 t 2
x R, t 0
and its harmonic conjugate is
Qt x
1
π
x
x2 t 2
Observe that Pt x iQt x
iπ
1 x
it
iπ z
with z x it , which should remind the reader
of Cauchy’s formula. The Hilbert transform now reads
H f x
1
π
f y
x ydy
in the principal value sense, the precise statement being just as in Proposition 4.9.
In this problem, the reader is asked to develop the theory of the upper half-plane in thecontext of the previous chapters. The relation between the disk and upper half-plane given
by conformal mapping should be considered as well.
Problem 4.6. By considering F u iu log 1 u iu show that if u 0 and
u h1 D , then
T u log 1 u d θ
.
![Page 53: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 53/167
CHAPTER 5
Fourier Series on L1 T
: Pointwise Questions
This chapter is devoted to the question of almost everywhere convergence of
Fourier series for L1 T
functions. From the previous chapters we know that this
is not an elementary question, since the partial sums S N are given by convolution
with the Dirichlet kernels D N which do not form an approximate identity. Note also
that we encountered an a.e. convergence question which was not associated with
an approximate identity, namely for the Hilbert transform, see Proposition 4.9.However, the needed uniform control was provided by the weak- L1 bound on the
maximal function u , see Theorem 4.6.
By a natural analogy, one sees that a similar bound on the maximal function
associated with S N f , i.e., sup N S N f , would lead to an a.e. convergence result.
What Kolmogoroff realized is essentially that no bound on this maximal func-
tion is possible for f L1 T . This has to do with the oscillatory nature of the
Dirichlet kernel D N and the growth of D N L1 . In fact, by a careful choice of
f L1 we may arrange the convolution
D N
f x
so that only the positive peaks
of D N contribute at many points x.
What Stein [44] realized is that a weak-type bound on sup N S N f
x
is not
only sufficient but also necessary for the a.e. convergence. In view of this factwe will conclude indirectly that S N f fails to converge a.e. for some f
L1
T .
Kolmogoroff ’s original argument involved the construction of a function f L1 T
for which a.e. convergence failed. However, what we do here is very close to his
original approach even though it is somewhat more streamlined.
Later in this book we will take up to more challenging question of a.e. conver-
gence of S N f for f L2 T or L p
T for 1 p . This is Carleson’s theorem,
and the proof introduces some essentially new and far-reaching ideas.
Next to presenting Kolomogoroff ’s theorem, this chapter also serves to intro-
duce ideas based on the use of randomness. This turns out to be a very powerful
device for many purposes. We begin the actual argument with such a probabilis-
tic construction, which is a version of the Borel-Cantelli lemma (but the following
proof is self-contained).
Lemma 5.1. Let E n
n 1 be a sequence of measurable subsets of T such that
n 1
E n
53
![Page 54: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 54/167
54 5. FOURIER SERIES ON L1 T
: POINTWISE QUESTIONS
Then there exists a sequence xn
n 1 T so that
n 1
χ E n x xn (5.1)
for almost every x T.
Proof. View Ω :
n 1 T as a probability space equipped with the infinite
product measure. Given x T, let A x Ω be the event characterized by (5.1). We
claim that
P A x 1 x T (5.2)
By Fubini, it then follows that for almost every xn
n 1 Ω, the event (5.1) holds
for almost every x T. Hence fix an arbitrary x T. Then
A x
xn
n
1
x belongs to infinitely many E n
xn
xn
n 1 x
N 1
m N
xm E m
N 1
A N
where
Ac N :
xn
n 1 x
m N
xm E cm
xn
n 1 xm
x E cm
m N
By definition of the product measure on Ω, it therefore follows that
P Ac N
m N
1 E m 0
by assumption (5.1). Hence (5.2) holds, and the lemma follows.
Lemma 5.1 will play an important role in the proof of the following theo-
rem, which establishes the necessity of a weak-type maximal function bound for
a.e. convergence. In addition to the previous probabilistic lemma, we shall also
require the basic Kolmogoro ff 0, 1 law which we now recall: let X k
k 1 be inde-
pendent random variables on a probability space Ω,P
. Assume that E Ω is
measurable with respect to the tail σ-algebra. This means that E is measurable
with respect to the σ-algebra generated by X k
k K for every positive integer K .
Then either P E 0 or P E
1. Such an E is called a tail event . The proof of
this law proceeds by showing that E is independent of itself whence
0 P
E E c
P E
1
P E
yielding the desired conclusion.
![Page 55: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 55/167
5. FOURIER SERIES ON L1 T
: POINTWISE QUESTIONS 55
In our case, the Carleson maximal operator
C f x : sup
N
S N f x (5.3)
is the main object that needs to be bounded. However, we shall formulate the
following “abstract” result in much greater generality. In fact, the reader will easily
see that it has nothing to do with any special properties of T, either, although we
restrict ourselves to that case for simplicity.
Theorem 5.2. Let T n be a sequence of linear operators, bounded on L 1 T ,
and translation invariant. Define
M f x
:
sup
n 1
T n f
x
and assume that M f
for every trigonometric polynomial f on T.
If for any f L1 T ,
x T M f x 0
then there exists a constant A so that
x
T M f
x
λ
A
λ
f 1
for any f L1 T and λ
0.
Proof. We will prove this by contradiction. Thus, assume that there exists a
sequence f j
j 1
L1 T
with f j 1
1 for all j 1, as well as λ j
0 so that
E j : x T M f j x λ j
satisfies
E j
2 j
λ j
for each j 1. Be definition of M we then also have
limm
x T sup1 k m
T k f j x λ j
2 j
λ j
for each j 1. Hence there are M j with the property that
x T sup1
k M j
T k f j x λ j
2 j
λ j
for each j 1. Let σ N denote the N th Cesaro sum, i.e., σ N f
K N
f , where K N
is the Fejer kernel. Since each T j is bounded on L1, we conclude that
lim N
x T sup1 k M j
T k σ N f j x λ j
2 j
λ j
Hence, we assume from now on that each f j is a trigonometric polynomial. Let m j
be a positive integer with the property that
m j
λ j
2 j m j 1
![Page 56: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 56/167
56 5. FOURIER SERIES ON L1 T
: POINTWISE QUESTIONS
Then
j 1
m j E j
by construction. Counting each of the sets E j with multiplicity m j, the previous
lemma implies that there exists a sequence of points x j, , j 1, 1
m j, so
that
j 1
m j
1
χ E j x x j, (5.4)
for almost every x T. Let
δ j :
1
j2m j
and define
f x
:
j 1
m j
1
δ j f j x
x j,
where the signs will be chosen randomly. First note that irrespective of the
choice of these signs,
f
1
j 1
m jδ j
The point is now to choose the signs so that
M f x
for almost every x T. For this purpose, select x T such that x E j x j, for
infinitely many j and j (just pick one such j if there are more than one).Denote the set of these j by J . Since the T n are translation invariant, so is M.
Hence
M f j x x j, λ j
for all j J . We conclude that for those j there is a positive integer n j, x so that
T n j, x
f j x x j, λ j
At the cost of removing another set of measure zero we may assume that
T n f x
j 1
m j
1
δ jT n f x x j,
for all positive integers n. In particular, we have that for all j J
T n j, x
f x
k 1
mk
1
δk T n j, x
f x xk ,
which implies that
P T n j, x
f x δ jλ j
1
2
![Page 57: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 57/167
5. FOURIER SERIES ON L1 T
: POINTWISE QUESTIONS 57
where the probability measure is with respect to the choice of signs . Since
δ jλ j , we obtain that
P M f x
12
We claim that the event on the left-hand side is a tail event. Indeed, this holds since
M f x
j 1
M f j x
and each summand on the right-hand side here is finite ( f j is a trigonometric poly-
nomial and we are assuming that M is uniformly bounded on trigonometric poly-
nomials). By Kolmogoroff ’s zero-one law we therefore have
P M f x 1
It follows from Fubini’s theorem that almost surely (in the choice of
)M f x for a.e. x
This would contradict our main hypothesis, and we are done.
The previous lemma reduces Kolmogoroff ’s theorem on the failure of almost
everywhere convergence of Fourier series of L1 functions to disproving a weak-
L1 bound for the Carleson maximal operator. More precisely, we arrive at the
following corollary. It will be technically more convenient later on to formulate
this result in terms of measures rather than on L1 T
.
Corollary 5.3. Suppose S N f
N 1 converges almost everywhere for every
f L1
T . Then there exists a constant A such that
x
T C µ
x λ
A
λ µ
(5.5)
for any complex Borel measure µ on T and λ 0 , where C is as in (5.3).
Proof. By the previous theorem, our assumption implies that there exists a
constant A such that
x T C f x λ
A
λ f 1
for all λ 0. This is the same as
x
T max
1 n N
S n f
x
λ
A
λ
f
1
for all N 1 and λ
0. If µ is a complex measure, then we set f V m µ, where
V m is de la Vallee-Poussin’s kernel, see (1.22). It follows that for all N 1
x T max
1 n N S n V m µ x λ
A
λ µ
for all m 1 and λ 0. Note that for m N the kernel V m can be removed from
the left-hand side, and we obtain our desired conclusion.
![Page 58: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 58/167
58 5. FOURIER SERIES ON L1 T
: POINTWISE QUESTIONS
The idea behind Kolmogoroff ’s theorem is to find a measure µ which would
violate (5.5). This measure will be chosen to create “resonances”, i.e., so that the
peaks of the Dirichlet kernel all appear with the same sign. More precisely, forevery positive integer N we will choose
µ N :
1
N
N
j 1
δ x j, N (5.6)
where the x j, N are close to j
N . Then
S n µ N
x
1
N
N
j 1
sin 2n
1 π x x j, N
sin π x x j, N
. (5.7)
If x is fixed, we will then argue that there exists n so that the summands on the
right-hand have the same sign (for this, we will need to make a careful choice of
the x j, N ). Thus, the size of the entire sum will be about
N
j 1
1
j
log N
because of the denominators in (5.7), which clearly contradicts (5.5).
The choice of the points x j, N is based on the following lemma due to Kro-
necker.
Lemma 5.4. Assume that θ 1, . . . , θ d T
d is incommensurate , i.e., that for any
n1, . . . , nd Zd
0
one has that
n1
θ 1
. . . nd
θ d Z.
Then the orbit
nθ 1, . . . , nθ d mod Zd
n Z
Td (5.8)
is dense in Td .
Proof. It will suffice to show that for any smooth function f on Td
1
N
N
n 1
f nθ 1, . . . , nθ d
Td
f x dx. (5.9)
Indeed, if the orbit (5.8) is not dense, then we could find f 0 so that the set
Td
f 0
does not intersect it. Cleary, this would contradict (5.9). To prove (5.9),
expand f into a Fourier series, cf. Proposition 1.14. Then
1
N
N
n 1
f nθ 1, . . . , nθ d
1
N
N
n 1
ν Zd
ˆ f ν
e2πinθ ν
ˆ f 0
ν Zd 0
ˆ f ν
1
N
1 e2πi N 1
θ ν
1 e2πiθ
ν
![Page 59: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 59/167
![Page 60: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 60/167
60 5. FOURIER SERIES ON L1 T
: POINTWISE QUESTIONS
Theorem 5.6. There exists f L1 T so that S n f does not converge almost
everywhere. In fact, there exists f L1 T such that
x T C f x
has measure 0.
It is known that this statement also holds with everywhere divergence. In fact,
Konyagin [35] showed the following stronger result: Let φ : 0,
0, be
non-decreasing and satisfy φ u
o
u
log u
log log u as u
. Then there
exists f L1 T
so that
T
φ f x dx
and lim supm
S m f
x
for every x
T.
Notes
Kolmogoroff ’s original reference is [33]. Much more on pointwise and a.e. conver-
gence questions can be found in Zygmund [58] and Katznelson [30].
Problems
Problem 5.1. Consider the following variants of Theorem 5.2:
1) Let µn
n 1
be a sequence of positive measures on Rd supported in a common
compact set. Define
M f x : supn 1
f µn x
Let 1 p and assume that for each f L p Rd
M f x on a set of positive measure.
Then show that f M f is of weak-type p, p .
2) Now suppose µn are complex measures of the form µn dx K n x dx, but again
with common compact support. Show that the conclusion of part 1) holds, but
only for 1 p 2.
Problem 5.2. If ω is an irrational number, show that
1
N
N
n 1
f nω
T
f θ
d θ
L2 0
for any f L2 T . In particular, if f L2 is such that f x ω f x for a.e. x, then f
= const.
Problem 5.3. Let xn
n 1
be an infinite sequence of real numbers. Show that the
following three conditions are equivalent:
a) For any f C T ,
1
N
N
n 1
f xn
T
f x dx
![Page 61: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 61/167
5. FOURIER SERIES ON L1 T
: POINTWISE QUESTIONS 61
b) 1 N
N n
1 e kxn 0 for all k Z
c) lim N
sup I
T
1 N
# 1 j N x j I mod 1 I
0
If these conditions hold we say that xn
n 1
is uniformly distributed modulo 1 (abbreviated
by u.d.). The quantity
D
x j
N j
1
: sup I
T
# 1 j N x j I mod 1 N I
is called the discrepancy of the finite sequence x j
N j
1.
Problem 5.4. Using Problem 1.4 with a suitable choice of T , prove the following: if
xn
n 1 is a sequence for which xn
k xn
n 1 is u.d. modulo 1 for any k Z
, then
xn
1 is also u.d. mod 1. In particular, show that nd ω
n 1
is u.d. mod 1 for any irrational
ω and d Z .
Problem 5.5. Let p 2 be a positive integer. Show that for a.e. x T the sequence
pn x
n
1 is u.d. modulo 1. Can you characterize those x which have this property? Hint:
Consider expansions to power p.
Problem 5.6. Let θ j
N j
1 T be N distinct points and consider
P z
N
j 1
z e θ j
Assume that sup
z 1 P z eτ. We may assume that 1 τ N log 2. Prove the
following bound on the discrepancy of θ j
N j
1 as defined above:
∆ N : D
θ j
N j
1
C
τ N
Conclude that
θ T P e θ e
AN Ce
AN ∆ N
Ce
A
N τ
for any A
0. The constants C are absolute but may diff er. Hint: Consider the functionF θ µ θ 0, θ N θ θ 0 with µ
N j
1 δθ j where θ 0
12
, 12
is chosen such that
12
12
F θ
d θ 0. Relate F to to u
θ : log P e
θ via the Hilbert transform. Then
write F K µ with a suitable kernel K .
![Page 62: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 62/167
![Page 63: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 63/167
CHAPTER 6
Fourier Analysis on Rd
It is natural to extend the definition of the Fourier transform for the circle given
in Chapter 1 to Euclidean spaces. Thus, let µ M Rd
be a complex-valued Borel
measure and set
ˆ µ ξ
Rd
e 2πix
ξ µ dx ξ Rd
which is called the Fourier transform of µ. Clearly, ˆ µ
µ , the total variationof µ. Moreover, it follows immediately from the dominated convergence theorem
that ˆ µ is continuous. If µ dx f x dx, then we also write ˆ f ξ . In particular, the
Fourier transform is well-defined on L1 R
d
and defines a contraction into C R
d
,
the space of continuous functions. Many elementary properties from Chapter 1
carry over to this setting, such as convolutions, Young’s inequality, and the action
of the Fourier transform on convolutions and translations. To be precise, we collect
a few facts in the following lemma.
Lemma 6.1. Let µ M Rd
and let τ y denote translation by y Rd : τ y µ E
µ E y . Then
τ y µ ξ e 2πi ξ y ˆ µ ξ ξ Rd
Let eη x : e2πix η . Then eη µ ξ ˆ µ ξ η . If f , g L1 Rd
, then the integral
Rd
f x y g y dy
is absolutely convergent for a.e. x R
d and is denoted by f
g
x
. One has
f g L1 R
d , and f g
ˆ f g.
Finally, if g L p for 1 p and f L1 , then f g L p and f g p
f 1 g p.
We leave the elementary proof to the reader. We record one more very impor-
tant fact, namely the change of variables formula for the Fourier transform: let A
be an invertible d
d -matrix with real entries, and denote by f
A the function f Ax
. Then for any f
L1
Rd
one has
f A det A
1 ˆ f A t (6.1)
where A t is the transpose of the inverse of A. A special case of this is the dilation
identity. For any λ 0 let f λ x f λ x . Then
f λ ξ λ d ˆ f ξ λ
(6.2)
63
![Page 64: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 64/167
64 6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd
In analogy with the Fourier transform on the circle, we expect that L2 R
d
plays a special role. The be more precise, we expect the Plancherel theorem
ˆ f 2
f
2 to hold. Notice that as it stands this is only meaningful for f
L1
L2
Rd
,since otherwise the defining integral is not absolutely convergent. In fact, it is
convenient to work with a much smaller space called Schwartz space. In what
follows, we use the standard multi-index notation: for any α α1, α2, . . . , αd
Zd 0
(where Z0 are the nonnegative integers)
xα :
d
j 1
xα j
j , x x1, x2, . . . , xd
α :
d
j 1
α j
xα j
j
Moreover,
α
d
j 1 α j denotes the length of the multi-index.
Definition 6.2. The Schwartz spaceS Rd
is defined as all functions in C
Rd
which decay rapidly together with all derivatives. In other words, f S Rd
if and
only if f C
Rd
and
xα
β f x
L
Rd
α, β
where α, β are arbitrary multi-indices. We introduce the following notion of con-
vergence in S Rd
: a sequence f n S Rd
converges to g S Rd
if and only
if
xα
β f n g
0 n
for all α, β.
For readers familiar with Frechet spaces, we remark that the semi-norms
pαβ f : xα
β f
α, β Zd 0
turn S Rd
into such a space. Since Frechet spaces are metrizable, it follows that
the notion of convergence introduced in Definition 6.2 completely characterizes
the topology in S Rd
. However, we make no use of this fact, and only work with
the sequential characterization.
One has that S Rd
is dense in L p
Rd
for all 1
p since this is already
the case for smooth functions with compact support. It is evident that the map
f xα
β f x is continuous onS R
d
. Somewhat less obvious is that the Fourier
transform has the same property.
Proposition 6.3. The Fourier transform is a continuous operation from theSchwartz space into itself.
Proof. Fix any f S Rd
. The proof hinges on the pointwise identities
α f ξ
2πi
α
ξ α ˆ f ξ
β ˆ f ξ 2πi
β
x β f ξ
![Page 65: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 65/167
6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd 65
valid for all multi-indices α, β. The first one follows by integration by parts,
whereas the second is obtained by diff erentiating under the integral sign. We leave
the formal verification of these identities to the reader (introduce diff
erence quo-tients, justify the limits by the dominated convergence theorem etc.). This is easy,
due to the rapid decay and smoothness of f .
We first note from these identities that ˆ f C and, moreover, that
ξ α
β
ξ ˆ f L
Rd
α, β Zd 0
which implies by definition that ˆ f S Rd
. For the continuity, let f n be a sequence
in S Rd
so that f n 0 as n . Then
ξ α
β
ξ ˆ f n
C α,β
α x x β f n 1
0
as n .
In view of the preceding fact, it is most natural to ask if the Fourier transformtakes S
Rd
onto itself. We will now prove that this is indeed the case, which is a
special case of the Fourier inversion theorem. The latter is the analogue the Fourier
summation problem for Fourier series. The Schwartz space is a most convenient
setting in which to formulate the inversion.
Proposition 6.4. The Fourier transform takes the Schwartz space onto itself.
In fact, for any f S Rd
one has
f x
Rd
e2πix ξ ˆ f
ξ d ξ x
Rd (6.3)
Proof. We would like to proceed by inserting the expression
ˆ f ξ
Rd
e 2πiy ξ f y dy
into (6.3) and show that this recovers f x
. The difficulty here is of course that
interchanging the order of integration leads to the formal expression
Rd
e2πi x y ξ d ξ
which needs to equal the δ0 x y measure for the inversion formula (6.3) to
hold. Although this is “essentially” the case, the problem here is of course that the
previous integral is not well-defined. We shall therefore need to be more careful.
The standard procedure is to introduce a Gaussian weight since the Fourier
transform has an explicit form on such weights. In fact, in Exercise 6.1 below we
ask the reader to check the following identity
e π x
2 ξ e
π ξ
2
(6.4)
Taking this for granted, we conclude from this and (6.2) that
e πε2
x
2 ξ ε
d e
π ξ
2
ε2
for any ε 0.
![Page 66: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 66/167
66 6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd
Now fix f S Rd
. We commence the proof of (6.3) with the observation that
Rd
e2πix ξ ˆ f ξ d ξ lim
ε 0
Rd
e2πix ξ e πε2 ξ 2 ˆ f ξ d ξ
for each x Rd . This follows from the dominated convergence theorem since
ˆ f L1. Next, one has
Rd
e2πix ξ e
πε2 ξ
2ˆ f ξ d ξ
Rd
Rd
e2πi x y ξ e
πε2 ξ
2
d ξ f y dy
Rd
ε d e πε
2 x y
2
f y dy
The final observation is that
ε
d e
πε
2
x
2
is an approximate identity in the sense of Chapter 1 with respect to the limit ε 0.
Hence, since f C
Rd
L
Rd
one sees that
limε
0
Rd
ε d e πε
2 x y
2
f y dy f x
for all x Rd , which concludes the proof.
Exercise 6.1. Prove the identity (6.4). Hint: Use contour integration in the
complex plane.
Let us now return to the dilation identity (6.2) with f a smooth bump function.
We note that this identity expresses an important normalization principle (at leastheuristically), namely that the Fourier transforms maps an L1-normalized bump
function onto an L -normalized one, and vice versa.
The dual of S, denoted by S is the space of tempered distributions. In other
words, any u S is a continuous functional on S, and we write u, φ
for u
applied to φ S. The space S is equipped with the weak- topology. Thus,
un u in S if and only if
un, φ
u, φ as n
for every φ
S. Naturally,
L p R
d S
Rd
by the rule
f , φ
Rd
f x φ x dx, f L p R
d , φ S R
d
By a little functional analysis we may see that a linear functional u on S is contin-
uous if and only if there exists N such that
u, φ C
α
,
β
N
xα
βφ
φ S
It follows that tempered distributions can be diff erentiated any number of times,
and multiplied by any element of C
Rd
of at most polynomial growth. One has
αu, φ 1
α
u,
αφ φ S
Rd
![Page 67: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 67/167
6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd 67
Any measure of finite total variation is an element of S , in particular the Dirac
measure δ0 is.
The Fourier transform of u
S
is defined by the relation
u, φ
:
u, φ
for all φ S
Rd
. Since the Fourier transform is an isomorphism on S
Rd
, this
definition is meaningful and establishes the distributional Fourier transform as an
isomorphism on S . For example, 1 δ0 since
1, φ
Rd
φ ξ d ξ φ 0
In particular, we can meaningfully speak of the Fourier transform of any function
in L p R
d
with 1 p
.
The following exercise presents a very useful fact, namely that an element of
S
Rd
which is supported at a point, say
0
is necessarily a linear combination of
δ0 and finitely many derivatives thereof. “Support” here refers to the property that
u, ϕ 0 for all ϕ
S R
d
that vanish near 0.
Exercise 6.2. Let u, v S with u, ϕ v, ϕ
for all ϕ S with supp ϕ
Rd
0
. Then
u v
P
for some polynomial P.
The following exercise introduces an important example of a distributional
Fourier transform. The functions x
α go by the name of Riesz potentials.
Exercise 6.3. For any 0
α
d compute the distributional Fourier transformof x
α in Rd . Hint: Show that the Fourier transform equals a smooth function
of ξ 0. Use dilation and rotational symmetry to determine this smooth function.
Nonzero multiplicative constants do not need to be determined. Finally, exclude
any contributions coming from ξ 0, see the previous exercise.
An interesting example of a distributional identity is given by the Poisson sum-
mation formula.
Proposition 6.5. For any f S
Rd
one has
n Zd
f n
ν Zd
ˆ f ν
Equivalently, with the convergence being in the sense of S ,
ν Zd
e2πix ν
n Zd
δn x
where δn denotes the Dirac distribution at n.
![Page 68: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 68/167
68 6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd
Proof. Given f S Rd
, define F x :
n Zd f x n which lies in C T
d .
The Fourier coefficients of F are with e θ e2πiθ as usual,
F ν
n Zd
0,1
d
f x n e x ν dx
n Zd
0,1
d n
f x e x ν dx
Rd
f x e x ν dx
ˆ f ν
From Proposition 1.14 we therefore conclude that
F x
ν Zd
ˆ f ν
e x
ν
which implies the first identity. The second simply follows by chasing definitions.
Henceforth, we shall use the notation ˇ f for the integral in (6.3). It is now easy
to establish the Plancherel theorem.
Corollary 6.6. For any f S Rd
one has
ˆ f 2 f 2. In particular, the
Fourier transform extends unitarily to L2 R
d .
Proof. We start from the following identity which is of interest in its own right:
for any f , g S
Rd
one has
Rd
f ξ g ξ d ξ
Rd
ˆ f x g x dx
The proof is an immediate consequence of the definition of the Fourier transformand Fubini’s theorem. Therefore, one also has
Rd
ˆ f ξ g ξ d ξ
Rd
f x
ˆg x dx
However,ˆg
ˇg g
by the previous proposition, whence we obtain Parseval’s indentity
Rd
ˆ f ξ g ξ d ξ
Rd
f x g x dx
which is equivalent to the Plancherel theorem and the unitarity of the Fourier trans-
form.
Exercise 6.4. Show that the Schwartz space is an algebra under both multipli-
cation and convolution. In particular, prove that f g
ˆ f g for any f , g S R
d
.
We now take another look at the proof of Proposition 6.4. Denote
Γε x
:
ε d e πε
2 x
2
![Page 69: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 69/167
6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd 69
Then the proof makes use of the identity
Rd
e2πix ξ e
πε2 ξ
2 ˆ f ξ d ξ
f Γε
x
(6.5)
valid pointwise for all Schwartz functions f and any ε 0. Let I ε
f be the oper-
ator defined by the previous line. Since Γε is an approximate identity as ε 0, we
conclude the following useful observation which parallels results we encountered
for Fourier series on the circle.
Corollary 6.7. For any 1 p and f L p
Rd
one has I ε f f in
L p R
d . If f C Rd
and vanishes at infinity, then I ε f f uniformly.
In particular, one has uniqueness.
Corollary 6.8. Suppose f L1
Rd
satisfies ˆ f
0 everywhere. Then f
0.
Exercise
6.5. Let µ be a compactly supported measure in R
d
. Show that ˆ µextends to an entire function in Cd . Conclude that ˆ µ cannot vanish on an open set
in Rd .
Finally, we note the following basic estimate which is called Hausdor ff -Young
inequality.
Lemma 6.9. Fix 1 p 2. Then one has the property that ˆ f L p
Rd
for
any f L p R
d . Moreover, there is the bound
ˆ f p
f p.
Proof. Note that f L p
Rd
can be written as f
f 1
f 2 where
f 1 f χ f
1
L2 R
d , f 2 f χ
f
1
L1 R
d
Hence ˆ f 1
L2
is well-defined by the L2
-extension of the Fourier transform, andˆ f 2 L by integration. The estimate follows by interpolating between p 1 and
p 2.
As in the case of the circle, one can easily express all degrees of smoothness
via the Fourier transform. For example, one can do this on the level of the Sobolev
spaces H s and H s which are defined in terms of the norms
f
H s ξ s ˆ f 2,
f
H s ξ s ˆ f 2 (6.6)
for any s R where ξ
1 ξ 2. These spaces are the completion of S Rd
under the norms in (6.6). For the homogeneous space H s Rd
one needs the re-
striction s
d 2
since otherwise S is not dense in it.
Perhaps the most basic question relating to the Sobolev spaces concerns theirembedding properties. An example is given by the following result.
Lemma 6.10. For any f H s Rd
one has
f p C s f H s Rd
2
p
provided s
d 2
. In fact H s Rd
C Rd L p
Rd
for any such s and all
2 p
.
![Page 70: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 70/167
![Page 71: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 71/167
6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd 71
number of ways, for example on the L p-scale. We remark that (6.10) is scaling
invariant.
Lemma 6.12. Let f S Rd satisfy supp ˆ f ξ R . Then
f q C Rd 1
p
1q
f p (6.10)
1 p q .
Proof. Since (6.10) is scaling invariant, it suffices to consider R 1. Then
one has ˆ f χ ˆ f where χ is smooth, compactly supported and χ 1 on the unit
ball. It follows that f ˇ χ
f and by Young’s inequality therefore
f q ˇ χ r f p
with 1
1q
1r
1 p
, which is the same as 1 p
1q
1r
. Note that 1 p
q
guarantees that 1 r p .
Exercise 6.7. Formulate and prove the general Young’s inequality that was
used in the previous proof.
In particular, if ˆ f is supported on R ξ 2 R , then
f
p CR
d 12
1 p
f
2 C
f
H s Rd
with s as in (6.9). This proves (6.8) for such functions, and the challenge is now
to obtain the general case which is indeed true. The approach is to write f
j Z
P j f where P j f has Fourier support roughly on dyadic shells of size 2 j. While
j Z
P j f
2 H s
f
2 H s
by definition, the problem is to show that
f
2 p C
j
P j f
2 p (6.11)
This is indeed true for finite p 2, but requires some machinery. We shall develop
the necessary tools in the Littlewood-Paley chapter below. There are alternative
routes leading to (6.8), such as fractional integration.
We now take up a topic that has proven to be very important for various ap-
plications, especially in partial diff erential equations: the decay properties of mea-
sures with smooth compactly supported densities that live on smooth submanifolds
of Rd . Let us start with a concrete example, namely the Cauchy problem for the
Schrodinger equation
i t ψ ∆ψ 0, ψ 0 ψ0 (6.12)
where ψ0 is a fixed function, say a Schwartz function, and ψ 0
refers to the func-
tion ψ t , x evaluated at t
0. Applying the Fourier transform converts (6.12)
into
i t
ψ ξ 4π2
ξ 2ψ ξ 0, ψ
0
ψ0
![Page 72: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 72/167
72 6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd
where ψ is the Fourier transform with respect to the space variable alone. The
solution to the previous ordinary diff erential equation with respect to time is given
byψ t , ξ e 4it π2
ξ 2 ψ0 ξ
whence the actual solution is after Fourier inversion
ψ t , x
Rd
e2πix ξ e 4it π2
ξ
2 ψ0 ξ d ξ (6.13)
This formula is of course very relevant as it gives a solution to (6.12). For our
purposes, we would like to re-interpret the integral on the right-hand side in the
following form. Consider the paraboloid
P :
ξ, 4π2
ξ 2 ξ R
d
Rd 1
and place the measure µ onto P by the formula (for given ψ0 as above)
µ
d ξ, d τ
ψ0
ξ
d ξ via the relation
Rd 1
F ξ, τ µ d ξ, d τ
Rd
F ξ, 4π2
ξ 2
ψ0 ξ d ξ
valid for any continuous and bounded F . Then we see that (6.13) can be interpreted
as
ψ t , x
Rd 1
e2πi x ξ t τ µ d ξ, d τ
In other words, the solution is given by the inverse Fourier transform of the measure
µ which lives on the paraboloid P. For a variety of reasons it has turned out to
be of fundamental importance to understand the decay properties of such Fourier
transforms. Before investigating this question, we ask the reader to verify a few
properties of (6.13).
Exercise 6.8. Let ψ0 S Rd
. Prove that (6.13) defines a function ψ t , x
which is smooth in t and belongs to the Schwartz class for all fixed times. More-
over, show that ψ solves (6.12) and satisfies
ψ t L2 ψ0 2 t R
Finally, verify that for every t 0
ψ t , x cd t
d 2
Rd
eiπ2
x y
2
4t ψ0 y dy (6.14)
with a suitable constant cd . Conclude that
ψ
t
cd t
d
2
ψ0 1
for all t 0.
Now let M Rd be a smooth manifold of dimension k d with Riemannian
measure µ. Fix some smooth, compactly supported function φ on M. The problem
is to describe the asymptotic behavior of the Fourier transform φ µ ξ for large ξ .
For example, consider M to be a plane of dimension d 1. By translation and
![Page 73: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 73/167
6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd 73
rotational symmetry we may take M Rd 1, the subspace given by the first d 1
coordinates and φ is a Schwartz function of x : x1, . . . , xd 1
, whereas µ is
simply Lebesgue measure onR
d 1
. Therefore, with ξ
ξ
, ξ d
,
φµ ξ
Rd 1
e 2πix
ξ φ x
dx
which evidently is a Schwartz function in ξ but does not depend at all on ξ d whence
also does not decay in that direction. What we have shown is that the Fourier trans-
form of a measure that lives on a plane does not decay in the direction normal to the
plane. In contrast to this case, we shall demonstrate that nonvanishing Gaussian
curvature of a hypersurface M always guarantees decay at a universal rate.
To facilitate computations, fix some M and a measure on it with smooth com-
pactly supported density. Working in local coordinates and fixing a direction in
which we wish to describe the decay reduces matters to oscillatory integrals of the
form
I λ
Rd
eiλφ ξ
a ξ d ξ , (6.15)
with a compactly supported function a C
0 and smooth, real-valued phase φ
C . The asymptotic behavior of the integral I λ
as λ is described by the
method of (non)stationary phase. This refers to the distinction between φ having
a critical point on supp a or not. We begin with the easier case of non-stationary
phase. The reader should note that the standard Fourier transform is of this type.
Lemma 6.13. If ∇φ 0 on supp a then the integral (6.15) decays as
Rd
eiλφ ξ
a ξ d ξ
C N , a, φ λ
N , λ
for arbitrary N 1.
Proof. Note that the exponential eiλφ is an eigenfunction for the operator
L :
1
iλ
∇φ
∇φ
2∇ (6.16)
Therefore we can apply L to the exponential inside of (6.15) as often as we wish.
The adjoint of L is
L
i
λ∇
∇φ
∇φ
2
Then for any positive integer N , one has
Rd eiλφ
ξ
a ξ d ξ
Rd L N eiλφ
ξ
a ξ d ξ
Rd
eiλφ ξ L
N a ξ d ξ
Rd
L
N a ξ d ξ
C
N , a, φ λ N
![Page 74: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 74/167
74 6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd
as claimed.
The situation changes when φ has a critical point inside supp
a
. In that caseone no longer has arbitrary decay and it can be very difficult to determine the exact
rate. However, if the critical point is nondegenerate, i.e., φ has a nondegenerate
Hessian at that point, then there is a precise answer as we now show.
Lemma 6.14. If ∇φ ξ 0 0 for some ξ 0
supp a , ∇φ 0 away from ξ 0 and
the Hessian of φ at the stationary point ξ 0 is non-degenerate, i.e., det D2φ ξ 0 0 ,
then for all λ 1 ,
Rd
eiλφ ξ
a ξ d ξ
C d , a, φ λ
d 2 (6.17)
In fact,
k λ
e iλφ 0
Rd
eiλφ ξ
a ξ d ξ
C d , a, φ, k λ
d 2 k (6.18)
for any integer k 1.
Proof. Without loss of generality we assume ξ 0 0. By Taylor expansion
φ ξ φ 0
1
2 D2φ 0 ξ, ξ O ξ 3
Since D2φ 0
is non-degenerate we have
∇φ ξ ξ on supp
a
. We split the
integral into two parts,
Rd
eiλφ ξ a ξ d ξ I II
where the first part localizes the contribution near ξ 0,
I :
Rd
eiλφ ξ a ξ χ0 λ12 ξ d ξ
and the second part restores the original integral, viz.
II
Rd
eiλφ ξ
a ξ 1 χ0 λ12 ξ d ξ
The first term has the desired decay
I C
Rd
χ0 λ12 ξ d ξ C λ
d 2
To bound the second term, we proceed as in the proof of the nonstationary case.
Thus, let L be as in (6.16) and note that
Dα
∇φ
∇φ
2
ξ
C α ξ
1
α
![Page 75: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 75/167
6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd 75
for any multi-index α. Thus, let N d be an integer. Then the Leibnitz rule yields
II C
ξ
λ
12
L
N 1 χ
0 λ
12 ξ a ξ d ξ
C λ N
λ
12
λ N 2 r N
r 2 N r d 1 dr C λ
d 2
as claimed. The stronger bound (6.18) follows from the observation that
φ ξ φ 0
C ξ 2
and the same argument as before (with N d 2k ) concludes the proof.
It is possible to obtain asymptotic expansions of I λ in inverse powers of
large λ. In fact, the estimate provided by the preceding stationary phase lemma isoptimal.
Let us now return to the Fourier transform of d µ φ d σ where σ is the surface
measure of a hypersurface M in Rd and φ is compactly supported and smooth.
Denote the unit normal vector to M at x M by N x .
Corollary 6.15. Let ξ λν where ν S d 1 and λ 1. If ν is not parallel to
N x for any x supp
φ , then ˆ µ O λ k as λ for any positive integer k.
Assume that M has nonvanishing Gaussian curvature on supp φ . Then
ˆ µ ξ C µ,M ξ
d 12
for all λ 1 and all ν. This is optimal if ν does belong to the normal bundle of M
on supp φ .
Proof. One has
ˆ µ ξ
M
eiλ ν, x φ
x σ
dx
Note that the function x ν, x as a function on M has a critical point at x0 M
if and only if ν is perpendicular to T x0M, the tangent space at x0 to M. Lemma 6.13
implies the first statement. For the second statement we note that the critical point
at x0 is nondegenerate if and only if the Gaussian curvature at x0 does not vanish,
and thus the bound follows from stationary phase.
Lemma 6.14 in fact allows for a more precise description of ˆ µ. We illustrate
this by means of σS d 1 x for large x, where σS d 1 is the surface measure of theunit sphere in Rd . This representation is very useful in certain applications where
the oscillatory nature of the Fourier transform of the surface measure is needed,
and not just its decay.
Note that the function σS d 1 x
is smooth and bounded, so we are interested in
its asymptotic behavior for large x , both in terms of oscillations and size. We need
to understand the oscillations in order to bound derivatives of σS d 1 x
. We remark
![Page 76: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 76/167
76 6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd
that the following result can also be obtained from the asymptotics of Bessel func-
tions, but we make no use of special functions in this book.
Corollary 6.16. One has the representation
σS d 1 x ei x ω
x e i x ω
x x 1 (6.19)
where ω
are smooth and satisfy
k r ω
r
C k r
d 12 k
r
1
and all k 0.
Proof. By definition,
σS d 1 x
S d 1
eix ξ σS d 1
d ξ
which is rotationally invariant. Therefore we choose x 0, . . . , 0, x
and denote
the integral on the right-hand side by I x . Thus,
I x
S d 1
ei x ξ d σS d 1 d ξ
Note that ξ d , viewed as a function on S d 1, has exactly two critical points, namely
the north and south poles
0, . . . , 0,
1
which are, moreover, nondegenerate. We therefore partition the sphere into three
parts: a small neighborhood around each of these poles and the remainder. The
Fourier integral I x then splits into three integrals by means of a smooth partition
of unity adapted to these three open sets, and we write accordingly
I x
I
x I eq x
The latter integral has non-stationary phase and decays like x
N for any N , see
Lemma 6.13. On the other hand, the integrals I
exactly fit into the frame work of
Lemma 6.14 which yields the desired result. Note that one can absorb the equato-
rial piece I eq x into either e i x ω
x without changing the stated properties
of ω
, and (6.19) follows.
Notes
Many important topics are omitted here, such as spherical harmomics. A classical
as well as comprehensive discussion of the Euclidean Fourier transform is the book by
Stein and Weiss [49]. Folland [17] and especially Rudin [40] contain more information on
the topic of tempered distributions. Hormander [26] and Wolff [56] show that the Fourier
transform on L p with p 2 take values in the distributions outside of the Lebesgue spaces
(see Theorem 7.6.6 in [26]). For more on the topic of Sobolev embeddings and trace
estimates see for example the comprehensive treatments in Gilbarg and Trudinger [ 22],
as well as Evans [13], which do not invoke the Fourier transform. Stein [45] develops
![Page 77: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 77/167
6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd 77
Sobolev spaces in the context of the Fourier transform, but also uses the “fundamental the-
orem of calculus” approach. A standard reference for asymptotic expansions in stationary
phase is the classical reference by Hormander [26]. For Exercise 6.2 see Theorem 6.25 inRudin [40].
Problems
Problem 6.1. Compute the Fourier transform of P.V. 1 x
. In other words, determine
limε
0
x
ε
e 2πix
ξ dx
x
for every ξ R. Conclude that (up to an irrelevant normalization) the Hilbert transform is
an isometry on L2 R . This is the analogue for the line of Lemma 4.3.
Problem 6.2. Solve the boundary value problem in the upper half plane for the Laplace
equation via the Fourier transform. Compare your findings with Problem 4.5. Generalizeto higher dimensions.
Problem 6.3. Carry out the analogue Problem 1.11 with R instead of T and Rd instead
of Td (the case of the Schrodinger equation was already addressed in Exercise 6.8 above).
Compute the explicit form of the heat kernel, i.e., the kernel Gt so that Gt u0 with t 0 is
the solution to the Cauchy problem for the heat equation ut ∆u 0, u 0 u0. Discuss
the limit t 0 .
Problem 6.4. Prove the following generalization of Bernstein’s inequality, cf. Lemma 6.12:
if supp
ˆ f E Rd where E is measurable and f is Schwartz, say, prove that
f q E
1 p
1q
f p 1 p q
(6.20)
where E stands for the Lebesgue measure. Hint: First handle the case q , p 2, by
Plancherel and Cauchy-Schwarz, and then dualize and interpolate.
Problem 6.5. Show that if f L2 R is supported in R, R , then ˆ f extends to C as an
entire function of exponential growth 2π R. The Paley-Wiener theorem states the converse:
if F is an entire function of exponential growth 2π R and such that F L2 R , then F
ˆ f
where f L2 R is supported in R, R . Prove this via a deformation of contour, and
extend to higher dimensions.
Problem 6.6. Consider the kernel K x, y
1 x
y on R2
and define the operator
T f x
0
f y
x ydy x 0
Show that T is bounded on L p R
for every 1 p , but not at p 1 or p .
Problem 6.7. The Laplace transform is defined as
L f s :
0
e
sx f x dx, s 0 (6.21)
Show that L is bounded on L2 R
but not on any L p R
with p 2. Verify that
L 2
2
π. Use this to show that T 2
2 π where T is as in (6.21). Hint: For
the L2 boundedness, write e
sx e
sx2 x
14 e
sx2 x
14 and apply Cauchy-Schwarz. For T
considerL2.
![Page 78: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 78/167
78 6. FOURIER ANALYSIS ON Rd
Problem 6.8. With L the Laplace transform on L2 R
as in the previous problem,
find an inversion formula.
Problem 6.9. Establish a representation as in Corollary 6.16 for the ball instead of thesphere. I.e., find the asymptotics as in that corollary for χ B where B R
d is the unit-ball
with d 2. Generalize to the case of ellipsoids, i.e.,
x x1, . . . , xd Rd
d
j 1
λ
2 j
x2 j 1
where λ j 0 are constants. Contrast this to the Fourier transform of the indicator function
of the cube.
Problem 6.10. Let A be a positive d d -matrix. Compute the Fourier transform of the
Gaussian e
Ax, x .
Problem 6.11. Compute the inverse Fourier transform of 4π2 ξ 2
k 2
1 in R3 where
k 0 is a constant. Denote this function by G x; k . Show that the operator
R k f x
Rd
G x y; k f y dy, f S R3
is bounded on L2 R
d and that R k f C
R3
as well as
∆ k 2 R k f f f S
R3
Conclude that R k ∆ k 2
1 for k 0, i.e., R k is the resolvent of the Laplacian.
![Page 79: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 79/167
CHAPTER 7
Calderon-Zygmund Theory of Singular Integrals
In this chapter we take up the problem of developing a real-variable theory of
the Hilbert transform. In fact, we will subsume the Hilbert transform in a class
of operators defined in any dimension. We shall make no reference to harmonic
functions as we did in Chapter 4, but rather rely only the properties of the kernel
alone. For simplicity, we shall mostly restrict ourselves to the translation invariant
setting.We begin with the following class of kernels which define operators by con-
volution. As for the Hilbert transform, we include a cancellation condition, see
part iii in the following definition. For example, this condition guarantees that
the principal value as in (7.1) exists (contrast this to the case K x x
d ). In
addition, this condition will be convenient in proving the L2-boundedness of the
associated operators.
This being said, it is often preferable to assume the L2-boundedness of the
Calderon-Zygmund operator instead of the cancellation condition. The logic is
then to develop the L2-boundedness theory separately from the L p-theory, with the
goal of finding necessary and sufficient conditions for L2-boundedness while the
L p theory requires only condition ii in the following definition. In many ways, ii
,
which is called H ¨ ormander condition, is therefore the most important one.
Definition 7.1. Let K : Rd
0 C satisfy, for some constant B,
i) K x B x
d for all x Rd
ii)
x 2 y
K x K x y dx B for all y 0
iii)
r x s K x dx 0 for all 0 r s
Then K is called a Calder´ on-Zygmund kernel.
Our first goal is With such a kernel we associate a translation invariant operator
by means of the principal value. Thus, the singular integral operator (or Calderon-
Zygmund operator) with kernel K is defined as
T f x :
lim
ε 0
x y ε
K x y f y dy (7.1)
for all f S Rd
.
Exercise 7.1.
79
![Page 80: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 80/167
80 7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS
a) Check that the limit exists in (7.1) for all f S Rd
. How much reg-
ularity on f suffices for this property (you may take f to be compactly
supported if you wish)?b) Check that the Hilbert transform on the line with kernel 1 x
is a singular
integral operator.
There is the following simple condition that guarantees ii .
Lemma 7.2. Suppose ∇K x B x
d 1 for all x 0 and some constant B.
Then
x 2
y
K
x
K
x
y
dx
C B (7.2)
with C C
d
.
Proof. Fix x, y Rd with x 2 y . Connect x and x y by the line segment x ty, 0 t 1. This line segment lies entirely inside the ball B x, x 2). Hence
K x K x y
1
0
∇K x ty y dt
1
0
∇K x ty y dt B2d 1 x
d 1 y
Inserting this bound into the left-hand side of (7.2) yields the desired bound.
Exercise 7.2. Check that, for any fixed 0 α
1, and all x 0,
sup
y
x
2
K x K x y
y
α
B x
d α
also implies (7.2).
We now prove L2-boundedness of T , by computing K and applying Plancherel.
This is an instance where the full force of Definition 7.1 comes into play. We shall
use all three conditions, in particular the cancellation condition.
Proposition 7.3. Let K be as in Definition 7.1. Then T 2 2 CB with
C C d .
Proof. Fix 0 r s
and consider
T r ,s f
x
Rd
K y
χ r y s
y
f
x
y
dy
Let
mr ,s ξ :
Rd
e 2πix
ξ χ
r x s
K x dx
be the Fourier transform of the restricted kernel. By Plancherel’s theorem it suffices
to prove that
sup0
r s
mr ,s
CB (7.3)
![Page 81: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 81/167
7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS 81
Indeed, if (7.3) holds, then
T r ,s 2 2 mr ,s
CB
uniformly in r , s. Moreover, for any f S Rd
one has
T f x lim
r 0s
T r ,s f x
pointwise in x R
d . Fatou’s lemma therefore implies that T f
2 CB
f
2 for
any f S Rd
. To verify (7.3) we split the integration in the Fourier transform
into the regions x ξ 1 and
x ξ 1. In the former case
r x ξ
1
e 2πix ξ K
x
dx
r x ξ
1
e 2πix
ξ
1 K
x
dx
x ξ
1 2π
x
ξ
K
x
dx
2π ξ
x ξ
1
B x
d 1 dx
C B ξ ξ 1 CB
as desired. Note that we used the cancellation condition iii in the first equality
sign. To deal with the case x ξ 1 one uses the cancellation in e 2πix ξ which
in turn requires smoothness of K , i.e., condition ii) (but compare Lemma 7.2).
Firstly, observe that
s x ξ
1
K x
e 2πix
ξ dx
s x ξ
1
K x
e
2πi
x
ξ
2 ξ
2
ξ
dx (7.4)
s x
ξ
2 ξ
2 ξ
1
K
x
ξ
2 ξ
2
e 2πix
ξ dx (7.5)
Denoting the expression on the left-hand side of (7.4) by F one thus has
2F
s x ξ
1
K x K x
ξ
2 ξ
2
e 2πix
ξ dx O
1
(7.6)
The O 1
term here stands for a term bounded by CB. Its origin is of course the
diff erence between the regions of integration in (7.4) and (7.5). We leave it to the
reader to check that condition i) implies that this error term is really no larger than
CB. Estimating the integral in (7.6) by means of ii) now yields
2F
x ξ
1
K x K
x
ξ
2 ξ
2
dx CB C B
as claimed. We have shown (7.3) and the proposition follows.
Exercise 7.3. Supply the omitted details concerning the O 1 term in the pre-
vious proof.
![Page 82: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 82/167
82 7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS
Our next goal is to show that singular integrals are bounded as operators from
L1 R
d
into weak- L1. This requires the following basic decomposition lemma due
to Calderon-Zygmund for L
1
functions. The proof is an example of a stopping timeargument .
Lemma 7.4. Let f L1 R
d and λ
0. Then one can write f g b where
g
λ and b
Q χQ f where the sum runs over a collection B
Q of disjoint
cubes such that for each Q one has
λ
1
Q
Q
f
2d λ (7.7)
Furthermore,
Q B
Q
1
λ f 1 (7.8)
Proof. For each Z we define a collection D of dyadic cubes by means of
D
Πd i
1 2 mi, 2
mi 1
m1, . . . , md Z
Notice that if Q D and Q
D , then either Q Q
or Q Q or Q
Q.
Now pick 0 so large that
1
Q
Q
f
dx
λ
for every Q D 0 . For each such cube consider its 2d “children” of size 2 0 1.
Any such cube Q will then have the property that either
1
Q
Q
f
x
dx
λ or
1
Q
Q
f
x
dx
λ (7.9)
In the latter case we stop, and include Q in the family B of “bad cubes”. Observe
that in this case
1
Q
Q
f x dx
2d
Q
Q
f x dx 2d λ
where Q denotes the parent of Q . Thus (7.7) holds. If, however, the first inequality
in (7.9) holds, then subdivide Q again into its children of half the size. Continuing
in this fashion produces a collection of disjoint (dyadic) cubes B satisfying (7.7).
Consequently, (7.8) also holds, since
B
Q
B
Q
B
1λ
Q
f x dx 1λ
Rd
f x dx
Now let x0 Rd
B Q. Then x0 is contained in a decreasing sequence Q j of
dyadic cubes each of which satisfies
1
Q j
Q j
f
x
dx
λ
![Page 83: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 83/167
7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS 83
By Lebesgue’s theorem f x0 λ for a.e. such x0. Since moreover Rd B Q
and Rd B Q diff er only by a set of measure zero, we can set
g f
Q
B
χQ f
so that g
λ a.e. as desired.
We can now state the crucial weak- L1 bound for singular integrals. We shall
do this under more general hypotheses than those of Definition 7.1.
Proposition 7.5. Suppose T is a linear operator bounded on L2 R
d
such that
T f
x
Rd
K x
y
f
y
dy
f
L2
comp Rd
and all x supp f . Assume that K satisfies condition iii of Definition 7.1, but
not necessarily any of the other conditions. Then for every f
S R
d
there is theweak-L1 bound
x
Rd
T f
x
λ
CB
λ
f 1 λ
0
where C C d .
Proof. Dividing by B if necessary, we may assume that B 1. Now fix
f S Rd
and let λ
0 be arbitrary. By Lemma 7.4 one can write f g b with
this value of λ. We now set
f 1 g
Q B
χQ
1
Q
Q
f x dx
f 2 b
Q B
χQ 1 Q
Q f x dx
Q B
f Q
where we have set
f Q : χQ
f
1
Q
Q
f x dx
Notice that f f 1 f 2, f 1
C λ f 1, f 2 1 2 f 1, f 1 1 2 f 1, and
Q
f Q x dx 0
for all Q B. We now proceed as follows:
x Rd
T f x λ
x R
d
T f 1 x
λ2
x R
d
T f 2 x
λ2
C
λ2 T f 1
22
x Rd
T f 2 x
λ
2
(7.10)
The first term in (7.10) is controlled by Proposition 7.3:
C
λ2 T f 1
22
C
λ2 f 1
22
C
λ2 f 1
f 1 1
C
λ f 1
![Page 84: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 84/167
84 7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS
To estimate the second term in (7.10) we define, for any Q B, the cube Q to be
the dilate of Q by the fixed factor 2
n (i.e., Q has the same center as Q but side
length equal to 2
n times that of Q). Thus
x Rd
T f 2 x
λ
2
B Q
x R
d B Q
T f 2
x
λ
2
C
Q
Q
2
λ
Rd Q
T f 2 x dx
C
λ f 1
2
λ
Q B
Rd Q
T f Q x dx
Perhaps the most crucial point of this proof is the fact that f Q has mean zero which
allows one to exploit the smoothness of the kernel K . More precisely, for any
x Rd
Q ,
T f Q x
Q
K x y f Q y dy
Q
K x y K x yQ f Q y dy
(7.11)
where yQ denotes the center of Q. Thus
Rd Q
T f Q x dx
Rd Q
Q
K x y K x yQ f Q y dy dx
Q
f Q y dy 2
Q
f y dy
To pass to the second inequality sign we used condition ii) in Definition 7.1 and
our choice of Q . Hence the second term on the right bound side of (7.11) is no
larger thanC
λ
Q
Q
f y dy
C
λ f 1
and we are done.
The assumption f S Rd
in the previous proposition was for convenience
only. It ensured that one could define T f by means of the principal value (7.1).
However, observe that Proposition 7.3 allows one to extend T to a bounded opera-
tor on L2. This in turn implies that the weak- L1 bound in Proposition 7.5 holds for
all f
L
1
L
2 R
d
. Indeed, inspection of the proof reveals that apart from the L
2
boundedness of T , see (7.10), the definition of T in terms of K was only used in
(7.11) where x and y are assumed to be sufficiently separated so that the integrals
are absolutely convergent.
Theorem 7.6 (Calderon-Zygmund). Let T be a singular integral operator as in
Definition 7.1. Then for every 1 p one can extend T to a bounded operator
on L p R
d with the bound T p p CB with C C p, d .
![Page 85: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 85/167
7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS 85
Proof. By Proposition 7.3 and 7.5 (and the previous remark) one obtains this
statement for the range 1 p
2 from the Marcinkiewicz interpolation theorem.
The range 2
p
now follows by duality. Indeed, for f , g
S R
d
one has
T f , g f , T g where T g x
limε 0
x y ε
K
x y g y dy
and K
x
:
K
x
. Since K clearly verifies conditions i)–iii) in Definition 77.1,
we are done.
Remark. It is important to realize that the cancellation condition iii) was only
used to prove L2 boundedness, but did not appear in the proof of Proposition 7.5
explicitly. Therefore, T is bounded on L p R
d provided it is bounded for p 2
and conditions i) and ii) of Definition 7.1 hold.
We now present some of the most basic examples of singular integrals. Con-
sider the Poisson equation u f in Rd where f S Rd , d 2. In the following
exercise we ask the reader to show that in dimensions d 3
u x C d
Rd
x y
2 d f y dy (7.12)
with some dimensional constant C d is a solution to this equation. In fact, one can
show that (7.12) gives the unique bounded solution but we shall not need to know
that here. In two dimensions, the formula reads
u x C 2
R2
log x y f y dy (7.13)
The kernels x
2 d and log x
are called Newton potentials. It turns out that the
second derivatives
2u xi x j with u defined by these convolutions can be expressed
as Calderon-Zygmund operators acting on f (the so-called “double Riesz trans-
forms”).
Exercise 7.4.
a) With f S and a suitable constant C d , show that (7.12) satisfies
∆u f
Hint: pass the Laplacian onto f and introduce a cut-off to the set x y
ε in (7.12). Apply Green’s formula, and let ε 0 to recover f x .
b) With u as in (7.12), show that for f S
Rd
with d
3
2u
xi x j
x C d d 2 d 1
Rd K i j x y f y dy
in the principal value sense, where
K i j x
xi x j
x
d
2 if i j
x2i
1d
x
2
x
d
2 if i
j
Find the analogue for d 2.
![Page 86: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 86/167
![Page 87: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 87/167
7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS 87
The convolution in (7.12) is an example of what one calls fractional integra-
tion. More generally, for any 0 α d define
I α f x :
Rd
x y
α d f y dy, f S Rd (7.16)
We cannot use Young’s inequality since the kernel is not in any Lr R
d
space, but
it is clearly in weak- Lr with r
d d α
. The following proposition shows that never-
theless one still has (up to an endpoint) the same conclusion as Young’s inequality
would imply.
Proposition 7.8. For any 1 p q and any 0
α d there is the
bound
I α f q C p, q, d f p provided 1
q
1
p
α
d
for any f S R
d
.
Proof. By Marcinkiewicz’s interpolation theorem it suffices for this bound to
hold with weak Lq. Thus, we need to show that
x Rd
I α f x λ C λ q f
q p (7.17)
Fix some f with f p 1 and an arbitary λ 0. With r 0 to be determined,
break up the kernel as follows
k α x : x
α d
k α x χ x
r
k α x χ x
r
: k 1
α x k 2
α x
Then
k 2
α f
k 2
α p
f p Cr α
d p
Determine r so that the right-hand side equals λ2
. Then
x
Rd
I α f
x
λ x
Rd
k
1
α f
x
λ 2
C λ p k
1
α f
p p C λ p
k 1
α
p
1
C λ pr α p C λ q
which is (7.17).
The condition on p and q is of course dictated by scaling. By Exercise 6.3, one
has
∆
s2 f C s, d I s f f S R
d
(7.18)
Thus, Proposition 7.8 implies the following Sobolev imbedding estimate.
Corollary 7.9. Let 0 s d
2 . Then for all 12
1q
sd one has
f Lq Rd
C s, d f
H s Rd
f S Rd
(7.19)
Proof. Fix f S Rd
and set g :
∆
s2 f . Then by (7.18) one has
f C s, d I sg
and the estimate (7.19) follows from the previous proposition.
![Page 88: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 88/167
88 7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS
We now address the question whether a singular integral operator can be de-
fined by means of formula (7.1) even if f L p R
d
rather than f S Rd
, say.
This question is the analogue of Proposition 4.9 and should be understood as fol-lows: for 1 p
we defined T “abstractly” as an operator on L p R
d
by exten-
sion from S Rd
via the apriori bounds
T f p C p,d f p for all f S Rd
(the
latter space is dense in L p R
d , cf. Proposition 1.5). We now ask if the principal
value (7.1) converges almost everywhere to this extension T for any f L p
Rd
.
Based on our previous experience with such questions, we introduce the associated
maximal operator
T
f x
sup
ε 0
y ε
K y
f
x
y
dy
and seek weak- L1 bounds for it. As in previous cases where we studied almost
everywhere convergence, this will suffice to conclude the a.e. convergence on L p.
In what follows we shall need the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function
M f x sup x B
1
B
B
f y dy
where the supremum runs over all balls B containing x. M satisfies the same type
of bounds as those stated in Proposition 2.5.
We prove the desired bounds on T
only for a subclass of kernels, namely the
homogeneous ones. This class includes the Riesz transforms from above. More
precisely, let
K x :
Ω
x x
x
d for x 0 (7.20)
where Ω : S d 1 C, Ω C 1 S d 1
and
S d 1 Ω x σ dx 0 where σ is the
surface measure on S d 1. Observe the homogeneity K tx t d K x for all t
0.
Exercise 7.6. Check that any such K satisfies the conditions in Definition 7.1.
Proposition 7.10. Suppose K is of the form (7.20). Then T
satisfies
T
f x C M T f x M f x
with some absolute constant C. In particular, T
is bounded on L p R
d
for 1
p . Furthermore, T
is also weak-L1 bounded.
Proof. Let K x :
K x χ x 1
and more generally
K ε x ε d K
x
ε K x χ
x ε
Pick a smooth bump function ϕ C
0 Rd
, ϕ 0,
Rd ϕ dx 1. Set
Φ : ϕ
K
K
and observe that ϕ K is well-defined in the principal value sense. For any function
F on Rd let F ε x :
ε d F
xε
be its L1-normalized rescaling. Then K ε K ,
K ε
K ε, and thus
Φε ϕ K
ε
K ε ϕε K ε
K ε ϕε K
K ε
![Page 89: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 89/167
7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS 89
Hence, for any f S Rd
, one has
K ε f ϕε K f Φε f
We now invoke the analogue of Lemma 2.7 for radially bounded approximate iden-
tities in Rd . This of course requires that Φε ε 0 from such a radially bounded
approximate identity, the verification of which we leave to the reader (the case of
ϕε is obvious). Indeed, one checks that
Φ x C min 1, x
d 1
which implies the desired property. Therefore,
T
f C M T f M f
as claimed. The boundedness of T
on L p R
d
for 1 p
now follows from
that of T and M . The proof of the weak- L1 boundedness of T
is a variation of the
same property of T , of Proposition 7.5.
Exercise 7.7. Show that Φε ε
0 as it appears in the previous proof forms a
radially bounded approximate identity.
Corollary 7.11. Let K be a homogeneous singular integral kernel as in (7.20).
Then for any f L p R
d , 1
p , the limit in (7.1) exists almost everywhere.
Proof. Let
Λ f x lim supε 0
T ε f x liminf ε
0
T ε f x
Observe that Λ f
2T
f . Fix f L p and let g
S
Rd
so that
f g p δ
for a given small δ 0. Then Λ
f Λ
f g
and therefore
Λ f p C Λ f g p C δ
if 1 p . Hence, Λ f 0. The case p 1 is similar.
Operators of the form (7.20) arise very naturally by considering multiplier op-
erators of the form T m f : m ˆ f
where m is homogeneous of degree zero and
belongs to C R
d
0
(for simplicity we assume infinite regularity). Indeed, with
f S Rd
one has over the tempered distributions
T f
K
f , K
mwhere m
S
Rd
is the distributional inverse Fourier transform. From the dilation
law 6.2 one sees that K is homogeneous of degree d which means that for any
λ 0
m λ , ϕ m, λ d ϕ λ 1 m, ϕ λ
m, ϕ λ λ d m λ 1
, ϕ
![Page 90: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 90/167
90 7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS
for all ϕ S Rd
. Observer that constants are homogeneous of degree zero,
whence 1 δ0 is homogeneous of degree d . This might seem less strange if
one remembers that as ε
0 one has1
B 0, ε
χ B 0,ε
δ0 in S
Rd
since the left-hand scales like a function that is homogeneous of degree d . We
now prove the following general statement which is very natural in view of the fact
that the representation of m needs to be invariant under adding constants to m.
Lemma 7.12. Let m C
Rd
0
be homogeneous of degree zero. Let
m
S d 1
denote the mean of m on S d 1. Then m S
Rd
satisfies
m m S d 1 δ0 P.V. K Ω
where K Ω is of the form (7.20) with Ω S d 1
0 and Ω C
S d 1
.
Proof. We may assume that m has mean zero on the sphere, i.e.,
S d 1
m ω σ
d ω 0
Observe that u j :
d j
m S
Rd
is homogeneous of degree
d and has mean
zero on S d 1. This implies that P.V. u j is well-defined in the usual integral sense,
and moreover, one has
u j P.V. u j
α
cα
αδ0
by Exercise 6.2 where the sum is finite. In fact, by homogeneity, the sum is neces-
sarily of the form c j δ0. Passing to the Fourier transforms in S one obtains
u j
P.V. u j c j
Next, one verifies that P.V. u j x is a smooth function on Rd
0
which is homo-
geneous of degree zero. Indeed, with χ ξ a smooth radial, compactly supported
function which equals 1 on a neighborhood of the origin one has for any x 0
P.V. u j x
Rd
d j m ξ χ ξ e
2πix ξ
1
d ξ
d
j 1
x j
2πi x
2
Rd
j
d j m ξ
1 χ ξ
e 2πix ξ d ξ
where p j
ξ j. Both integrals are absolutely convergent, and the first integral
clearly defines a smooth function in x. We may repeat the integration by parts in
the second integral any number of times, which implies that the second integral
also defines a smooth function. The homogeneity of degree zero follows from the
homogeneity of P.V. u j. We may therefore write
m x
Ω
x x
x
d x 0
![Page 91: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 91/167
7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS 91
where Ω C
S d 1 . Let ϕ S R
d be radial. Then
m, ϕ m, ϕ 0
since m has mean zero on spheres. Thus, Ω also has mean zero on S d 1. By
construction, m P.V. K Ω is supported at
0
. By Exercise 6.2 we conclude that
this diff erence is therefore a polynomial in derivatives of δ0. By homogeneity,
it must be a constant. By the vanishing means, this constant is zero and we are
done.
As a consequence, we see that singular integral operators of the type T m form
an algebra, with T m being invertible if and only if m 0 on S d 1. In Chapter 10 we
shall see that one can still obtain L p boundedness of T m without the strong assump-
tion of m being homogeneous of degree 0. Instead, one requires that ξ k
αm ξ
is bounded for all α
k for finitely many k . While these conditions are satisfied
if m is homogeneous of degree zero, they are much weaker than that property.
We now wish to quantify the failure of the boundedness of singular integral
operators on L . It turns out that the correct extension of L which contains
T L
for any singular integral operator T is the space of functions of bounded
mean oscillation on Rd , denoted by BMO R
d
. In what follows, Q
f y dy Q
1
Q
f y dy
Definition 7.13. Let f L1loc
Rd
. Define
f
x :
sup
Q x
Q
f y f Q dy (7.21)
where the supremum runs over cubes Q and f Q is the mean of f over Q. Then
f BMO Rd
if and only if f
L
Rd
. Then f BMO : f
. If Q0 is
a fixed cube, then BMO Q0 is obtained by defining f in terms of all subcubes
of Q0.
Of course one may replace cubes here with balls without changing anything.
Moreover, BMO is a norm only after factoring out the constants. Clearly,
L
BMO but BMO is strictly larger. In addition, BMO scales like L , i.e.,
f
λ BMO f
BMO. Suppose Q2 Q1 are two cubes with Q2 being half the
size of Q1. Then
f Q1
f Q2
Q1
Q2
Q1
f
y
f Q1
dy
2d
f
BMO (7.22)
Iterating this relation leads to the following: suppose Qn Qn 1 . . . Q1 Q0
is a sequence of nested cubes so that the diameters decrease by a factor of 2 at each
step. Then
f Qn f Q0
n 2d f BMO (7.23)
![Page 92: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 92/167
92 7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS
The important feature here is that while the size of Qn is by a factor of 2 n smaller
than Q0, the averages increase only linearly in n. As an example, consider the
function f defined on the interval
0, 1
as follows
g
n 0
an χ 0 ,2 n
(7.24)
with 1 an for all n 0.
Exercise 7.8.
Show that g
BMO
0, 1
if and only if an
O 1
. In that case, verify
that g x log x
for 0 x
12
.
Show that χ x
1
log x BMO 1, 1 , but
χ x 1
sign x
log x BMO
1, 1
Show that for any f as in Definition 7.13
f
x : sup x Q
inf c
Q
f y c dy
satisfies f
f
2 f .
We shall not distinguish between f and f . It is easy to show that singular
integrals take L
BMO.
Theorem 7.14. Let T be a singular integral operator as in Definition 7.1. Then
T f
BMO
CB
f
f
L
2 R
d
L
Rd
We are assuming here that f L2 R
d so that T f is well-defined.
Proof. We may assume that B 1 in Definition 7.1. Fix some f as above, a
ball B0 : B x0, R R
d and define
c B0 :
y x0 2 R
K x0 y f y dy
Then, with B
0 :
B x0, 2 R , one estimates
B0
T f
x
c B0
dx
B0
y
x0
2 R
K
x
y
K
x0
y
f y
dydx
B0
T
χ B
0 f
x dx
C B0 f
B0
12
T 2 2 χ B
0 f 2
C B0 f
and we are done.
![Page 93: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 93/167
7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS 93
In fact, it turns out that BMO is the smallest space with contains T L
Rd
for
every singular integral operator T as in Definition 7.1, see the notes to this chapter.
If BMO is supposed to be a useful substitute to L
Rd
, then we would like tobe able to use it in interpolation theory. This is indeed possible, as the following
theorem shows.
Theorem 7.15. Let T be a linear operator bonded on L p0 R
d for some 1
p0 and bounded from L
BMO. Then T is bounded on L p R
d for any
p0 p
.
The proof of this result requires some machinery, more specifically a com-
parison between the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function and the sharp maximal
function as in (7.21). For this purpose it is convenient to use the dyadic maximal
function, which we denote by M dyad and which is defined as
M dyad f x : sup x Q
Q
f y dy
where the supremum now runs over dyadic cubes which are defined as the collec-
tion
Qdyad :
2k 0, 1
d
2k Z
d k Z
Note that any two dyadic cubes are either disjoint, or one contains the other. Sup-
pose Q0 Qdyad, and let f
L1
Q0
. Then for any
λ
Q0
f y dy (7.25)
we can perform a Calderon-Zygmund decomposition as in Lemma 7.4 to conclude
that
x Q0 M dyad f x λ
Q
B
Q
whence in particular the measure of the left-hand side is λ 1
f L1 Q0
. In other
words, we have reestablished the weak- L1 bound for the maximal function. The
condition (7.25) serves as a “starting condition” for the stopping-time construction
in Lemma 7.4. The other values of λ are of no interest, as in that case
λ 1 f L1
Q0
Q0
so the weak- L1 bound becomes trivial. The construction of course does not neces-
sarily need to be localized to any Q0, but can also be carried out on Rd globally.
We now come to the aforementioned comparison between M dyad f and f .
While it is clear that f
2 M f , the usual Hardy-Littlewood maximal function,
we require a lower bound. In essence, the following theorem says that on L p with
finite p, the sharp function contains no new information.
Theorem 7.16. Let 1 p0
p
and suppose f L p0
Rd
. Then
Rd
M dyad f
p x dx C p, d
Rd
f
x
pdx (7.26)
![Page 94: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 94/167
![Page 95: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 95/167
7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS 95
We now take a closer look at the property (7.23). In fact, as suggested by
Exercise 7.8 we shall now show that any BMO function is exponentially integrable.
The precise statement is given by the following John-Nirenberg inequality.Theorem 7.17. Let f
BMO R
d . Then for any cube Q one has
x Q f x f Q λ C Q exp
c λ
f
BMO
for any λ 0. The constants c, C are absolute.
Proof. We may take Q 0, 1
d . Assume f BMO 1 with f Q 0, and
let λ 10. Perform a Calderon-Zygmund decomposition of f on the cube Q at a
level µ 2 that we shall fix later. This yields f g b, g 2d µ and
b
Q
B
χQ
f
f Q
,
Q
B
Q
µ 1
Define
E λ
:
sup g BMO
Q
1
x
Q
g
x
gQ λ
Then
E λ
x Q
b
x
λ 2d µ
Q
B
x Q
f x f Q
λ 2d µ
Q
B
E λ 2d µ Q
µ 1 E λ 2d µ
(7.28)
Iterating this relation implies
E λ µ n E λ 2d µn
Setting for example µ 2 leads to the desired bound.
Exercise 7.9. Show that one can characterize BMO also by the following con-
dition, where 1 r
is fixed but arbitrary:
supQ
Q
f y f Q
r dy
1r
(7.29)
In fact, show that if the left-hand side is 1, then
f
BMO C
d , r
. Conversely,
by Holder’s f BMO
1 implies that the left-hand side of (7.29) is 1.
A remarkable characterization of BMO was found by Coifman, Rochberg and
Weiss. The considered commutators between Calderon-Zygmund operators and
operators given by multiplication by a function, in other words, T , b
T b
bT .
While it is clear that T , b
is bounded on L p for 1 p
if b L , these
authors discovered that this property remains true for b BMO Rd
. What is more,
if this property holds for a single Riesz-transform (or a single nonzero operator of
the form (7.20), then necessarily b BMO. We shall now prove one direction of
this statement.
![Page 96: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 96/167
96 7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS
Theorem 7.18. Let T be a linear operator as in Proposition 7.5 with the added
property that for some fixed 0 δ 1 one has
K x y K x0 y A x
x0
δ
y x0
d δ
y x0 2 x x0
(7.30)
as well as T
2 2 A. Then for any b
BMO
Rd
one has
T , b
p p C
d , p
A
b
BMO
for all 1 p .
Proof. Since (7.30) implies the Hormander condition, we see that any operator
T as in the theorem is a Calderon-Zygmund operator. We can also assume that
b
BMO
1 and A
1. Fix f
S
R
d
, say. We shall show that for any 1
r
T , b f
C r , d M r T f M r f (7.31)
where
M r f x : supQ x
Q
f y
r dy
1r
Letting 1 r p
and noting that M r is L p-bounded, we conclude from (7.31)
that T , b
f
p C
d , p
f
p and Theorem 7.16 implies the desired estimate
(the p0-condition in that theorem is clear by Theorem 7.17 and f S Rd
).
To establish (7.31) fix any cube Q, which by scaling and translation invariance
may be taken to be the unit cube centered at 0. Denote by Q the cube of side-length
2
d , and write
T , b
f
T
b
b Q
f 1
T
b
b Q
f 2
b
b Q
T f : g1
g2 g3
where f 1 : χ Q f , f 2 f f 1. First, by Exercise 7.9
Q
g3 x dx
Q
b bQ
r dx
1
r
Q
T f
r x dx
1r
C inf Q
M r T f
Second, choose some 1 s r . Then by boundedness of T on L s one obtains
Q
g1 x dx
Q
g1 x
s dx
1
s
Q
b bQ
s f x
s dx
1
s
C inf
Q M r f
where we used (7.22) to compare bQ with b Q. Finally, set
cQ : T
b b Q f 2
0
![Page 97: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 97/167
7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS 97
Then by (7.30) one has the estimate
Q
g2
x
cQ dx
C
Q
Qc
K x y K 0 y b y b Q f y dydx
C
0
2 1 Q 2 Q
2
d δ
b y bQ f y dy
C
0
2 δ
2 1 Q
b y bQ
r dy
1
r
2 1 Q
f y
r dy
1r
C
0
2 δ inf Q
M r f C inf Q
M r f
where we used (7.23) to pass to the final estimate.
We have merely scratched the surface of BMO theory. Of course one would
like to determine a duality relation analogous to the basic L1 R
d
L
Rd
.
This turns out to be H 1
Rd
BMO
Rd
where H 1
Rd
is the completion
of S Rd
under the norm
f H 1 : f 1
d
j 1
R j f 1 (7.32)
Dually, one can then write
BMO L
d
j 1
R j L (7.33)
where the action of the Riesz transforms on L needs to be defined suitably. In
particular, this shows that BMO is the smallest space into which singular integral
operators are bounded from L . We shall establish some of these facts in a one-
dimensional dyadic setting in a later chapter.
We close this introductory chapter by stating a number of natural questions.
First, we may ask if a Calderon-Zygmund operator is bounded on Holder spaces
C α Rd
where 0 α 1. As we shall see, this turns out to be the case. The
analogue of Corollary 7.7 in this case is known as Schauder estimates which play
a fundamental role in elliptic equations. There are a number of proofs known of
this classical fact, and we shall develop one possible approach in Chapter 10.
Another question that one may ask, and which turned out to have far-reaching
consequences, is as follows: is there a proof of the L2-boundedness of the Hilbert
transform which does not rely on the Fourier transform? In other words, we wish
to find a proof of the L2-boundedness which relies exclusively on the properties
of the kernel itself. We shall answer this question in the affirmative in the larger
context of Calderon-Zygmund operators, and introduce the important method of
almost orthogonality in the process, see Chapter 8.
![Page 98: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 98/167
98 7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS
And finally, one should of course ask if there is a version of Calderon-Zygmund
theory for kernels which are not translation invariant. This question has far-reaching
consequences especially with respect to the L
2
boundedness. While it is true thatthe L p-theory is quite similar to the translation invariant case (see Problem 7.3),
the L2 theory leads to the T 1 theorem. We shall develop the basic ideas for that
theorem by means of a dyadic model on the line.
Notes
For most of the basic material of this chapter, excluding BMO, see Stein’s 1970
book [45]. For a systematic development of H 1 and BMO see [46] which gives a systematic
account of many aspects of Calderon-Zygmund theory that appeared from 1970 to roughly
1992. A classic reference for H 1 and the duality with BMO is the paper by Feff erman and
Stein [16], which contains (7.32). Uchiyama [55] gives a constructive proof of the decom-
position of a BMO function as a sum of L and images thereof under the Riesz transforms,
see (7.33). Coifman and Meyer [10] off er another perspective of Calderon-Zygmund the-
ory with many applications and connections with wavelets. The proof of the Coifman,
Rochberg, Weiss commutator estimate is from Janson [28] (credited to Stromberg), see
also Torchinsky [54]. One important aspect of Calderon-Zygmund theory that we do not
discuss in this text is that of A p-weights, which is closely related to BMO. For this material
see Stein [46], Garcıa-Cuerva, Rubio de Francia [7], as well as Duoandikoetxea [12]. The
classical “method or rotations” which can be used to reduce higher-dimensional results to
one-dimensional ones, is discussed in [12].
Problems
Problem 7.1. Let ai j x
d i, j
1 be continuous in some domain Ω R
d , d 2, and
suppose that these matrices are elliptic in the sense that for all x Ω
θ ξ
2
d
i, j 1
ai j x ξ i ξ j Θ ξ 2 ξ R
d
for some fixed 0 θ Θ. Assume that u C 2 Ω satisfies
d
i, j 1
ai j x
xi
x j
u x f x
Then show that for any compact K Ω and any 1 p one has the bound
D2u
L p
K
C u
L p
Ω
f
L p
Ω
where C only depends on p, K ,Ω and the ai j.
Problem 7.2. This problem shows how symmetries limit the boundedness properties
of operators which commute with these symmetries. We shall consider translation and
dilation symmetries, respectively.
a) Show that for any translation invariant non-zero operator T : L p R
d Lq
Rd
one necessarily has q p.
![Page 99: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 99/167
7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS 99
b) Show that a homogeneous kernel as that in (7.20) can only be bounded from
L p R
d Lq
Rd
if p q.
Problem 7.3. Let T be a bounded linear operator on L2 R
d so that for some function
K x, y measurable and locally bounded on Rd R
d ∆ with ∆ x y being the
diagonal, one has for all f L2comp R
d
T f x
Rd
K x, y f y dy, x supp f
Furthermore, assume the Hormander conditions
x
y 2
y
y
K x, y K x, y
dx A y y
x
y 2
x
x
K
x, y
K
x
, y
dy
A
x x
(7.34)
Then T is bounded from L1 to weak- L1 and strongly on L p for every 1 p .
Problem 7.4. This is the continuum analogue of Problem 4.3. Let m be a function of
bounded variation on R. Show that T m f m ˆ f
is bounded on L p R for any 1 p
. Find a suitable generalization to higher dimensions, starting with R2.
Problem 7.5. Let f BMO Rd
. Show that for any σ d and 1 r one has
Rd
f x f Q0
r
1 x
σ dx C d , σ, r f BMO
where Q0 is any cube of side-length 1. What does one obtain by rescaling this inequality?
Problem 7.6. Let f L1 Rd have compact support, say B : B 0, 1 . Let M be theHardy-Littlewood maximal function. Show that M f L1
B if and only if f log 2 f
L1 B . Now redo Problem 4.6 based on this fact and the F.&M. Riesz theorem. Hint:
Reprove the weak- L1 bound on M by means of the Calderon-Zygmund decomposition. In
particular, show that it in order to bound M f λ
it is enough to control the L1 norm
of f on f c λ where c 0 is some constant. See Stein [45] page 23 for more details.
Problem 7.7. Show that the Hilbert transform H with kernel 1 x
is bounded on the
Holder spaces C α R , 0 α 1. In other words, prove that for any 0 α 1
H f α C α f α
for all f C 10
R , say. Here α is the C α-seminorm. Use only properties of the kernel for
this problem.
Problem 7.8. Let A, B be reflexive Banach spaces (a reader not familiar with this
may take them to be Hilbert spaces). Let K x, y be defined, measurable, and locally
bounded on Rd R
d ∆ where ∆ x y is the diagonal, and take its values inL A, B ,
the bounded linear operators from A to B. Define an operator T on C 0comp Rd ; A , the
continuous compactly supported functions taking their values in A, such that
T f x
K x, y f y dy, x supp f
![Page 100: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 100/167
100 7. CALDERON-ZYGMUND THEORY OF SINGULAR INTEGRALS
for all f C 0comp Rd ; A . Assume that for some finite constant C 0
x
y 2
x
x
K x, y K x , y L
A, B
dy C 0 x x
x
y 2
y
y
K x, y K x, y
L
A, B
dx C 0 y y
Further, assume that T : Lr R
d ; A Lr R
d ; B for some 1 r with norm bounded
by C 0. Show that then T : L p R
d ; A L p R
d ; B for all 1 p with norm bounded
by C 0 C 1 where C 1 C 1 d , r .
Problem 7.9. Investigate the endpoint p
d α
of Proposition 7.8. More precisely, find
examples which show that fractional integration in that case is not bounded into L . Verify
that your examples get mapped into BMO L
Rd
. For the positive result which proves
boundedness L p BMO see Adams [1].
Problem 7.10. Let f L1 T . Given λ 1, show that there exists E T (depending
on λ and f ) so that E λ
1 and for all N
Z
1
N
T
E
N
n 1
S n f θ
2 d θ C λ f
21
C is a constant independent of f , N , λ. Hint: First apply the Plancherel theorem in n, and
then use a Calderon-Zygmund decomposition.
![Page 101: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 101/167
CHAPTER 8
Almost Orthogonality
The proof of L2 boundedness of Calderon-Zygmund operators in the previous
chapter was based on the Fourier transform. This is quite restrictive as it requires
the operator to be translation invariant. We now present a device that allows one to
avoid the Fourier transform in the context of L2-theory in many instances.
Let us start from the basic observation that the operator norm of an infinite
diagonal matrix viewed as an operator on 2 Z is as large as its largest entry. Tobe specific, let
T
ξ j j Z
λ j ξ j j Z ξ j j
Z 2 Z
where λ j j Z is a fixed sequence of complex numbers. Then
T 2
2 sup
j
λ j
More generally, suppose a Hilbert space H can be written as an infinite orthogonal
sum
H
j
H j, H f
j
f j, f j H j
and suppose that T j are operators on H with T jH k 0
if k j. Furthermore,
assume that the range of T j is a subspace of H j. Then
T f
2H
j,k
T j f j, T k f k
j
T j f j
2H j
sup
j
T j
2H j
H j
j
f j
2H j
M 2
f
2H
where M sup j
T j H j H j .
Generalizing from the previous example, assume that T is a bounded operator
on the Hilbert space H which admits the representation T
j T j such that
Ran T j Ran T k as well as Ran T
j Ran T
k for j k . In other words,
we assume that T
k T j 0 and T k T
j 0 for j k . Now recall that Ran T
j
ker T j
and denote by P j the orthogonal projection onto that subspace. Then for
any f H one has
T f
j
T jP j f
j
T j f j, f j P j f
101
![Page 102: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 102/167
102 8. ALMOST ORTHOGONALITY
which implies that
T f
2
H
j
T j f j
2
H
sup
j
T j
2
j
f j
2
H
M 2
f
2
H
with M : sup j T j .
As a final step, we shall now relax the orthogonality conditions T
k T j
0 and
T k T
j 0 for j k from above, which turn out to be too restrictive for most
applications. The idea is simply to replace this strong vanishing requirement by
a condition which ensures sufficient decay in j k . One can think of this as
replacing diagonal matrices with matrices whose entries decay in a controllable
fashion away from the diagonal. The following lemma, known as Cotlar-Stein
lemma, carries this idea out.
Lemma 8.1. Let T j
N j 1
be finitely many operators on L2 such that for some
function γ : Z R , one has
T
j T k γ 2 j k , T jT
k γ 2 j k
for any 1 j, k N. Let
γ : A
Then
N j
1 T j A.
Proof. For any positive integer n,
T
T
n
N
j1,..., jn 1k 1,...,k n
1
T
j1T k 1 T
j2T k 2 T
jnT k n
We now take the operator norm of both sides of this identity, and apply the triangle
inequality on the right-hand side. Furthermore, we bound the norm of the products
of operators by the products of the norms in two diff erent ways, followed by taking
the square root of the product of the resulting estimate.
Therefore, with sup1 j N
T j : B
T T
n
N
j1,..., jn 1
k 1,...k n 1
T j1
12
T
j1 T k 1
12
T k 1 T
j2
12
T k n
1 T
jn
12
T
jn T k n
12
T k n
12
N
j1,..., jn 1k 1,...,k n 1
B γ j1 k 1 γ k 1
j2 γ j2 k 2 γ k n 1
jn γ jn k n
B
N BA2n 1
![Page 103: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 103/167
8. ALMOST ORTHOGONALITY 103
Since T T is self-adjoint, the spectral theorem implies that T T
n T T
n
T
2n. Hence,
T
N BA 1
1
2n
ALetting n
yields the desired bound.
Note that one needs both smallness of T
j T k and T jT
k in the Cotlar-Stein
lemma, as can be seen from the examples preceding the lemma.
In order to apply Lemma 8.1 one often invokes the following simple device.
Lemma 8.2. Define an integral operator on a measure space X Y with the
positive product measure µ ν via
T f
x
Y
K x, y
f y
ν dy
where K is a measurable kernel. One has the following bounds (the first three items
are known as Schur’s lemma):
T
1 1 sup y
Y
X K
x, y µ
dx
: A
T
sup x X
Y K
x, y ν
dy
: B
T p
p A1 p B
1
p where 1 p .
T 1
K L
X Y
Proof. The first two items are immediate from the definitions, and the third
then follows by interpolation. Alternatively, one can use Holder’s inequality. The
fourth item is again evident from the definitions.
Henceforth, we shall simply refer to this lemma as “Schur’s test”. We will now
give an alternative proof of L2 boundedness of singular integrals for kernels as inDefinition 7.1 which satisfy the stronger condition
∇K
x
B
x
d 1
cf. Lemma 7.2. This requires a certain standard partition of unity over a geometric
scale which we now present.
Lemma 8.3. There exists ψ C
Rd
with the property that supp ψ R
d
0
is compact and such that
j
ψ 2 j x
1 x 0 (8.1)
For any given x 0 at most two terms in this sum are nonzero. Moreover, ψ canbe chosen to be a radial nonnegative function.
Proof. Let χ C
Rd
satisfy χ x
1 for all x
1 and χ x 0 for
x
2. Set ψ
x :
χ x
χ 2 x
. For any positive N one has
N
j N
ψ 2 j x χ 2 N x χ 2 N 1 x
![Page 104: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 104/167
104 8. ALMOST ORTHOGONALITY
If x 0 is given, then we take N so large that χ 2 N x 1 and χ 2 N 1 x 0.
This implies (8.1), and the other properties are immediate as well.
The point of the following corollary is the method of proof rather than the
statement (which is weaker than the one in the previous chapter).
Corollary 8.4. Let K be as in Definition 7.1 with the additional assumption
that ∇K x B x
d 1. Then
T 2 2 CB
with C C d .
Proof. We may take B 1. Let ψ be a radial function as in Lemma 8.3 and
set K j x K x ψ 2 j x . One now easily verifies that these kernels have the
following properties: for all j Z one has
K j x dx 0,
∇K j
C 2 j2 jd
In addition, one has the estimates
K j x dx C
x K j x dx C 2 j
with some absolute constant C . Define
T j f
x
Rd
K j x
y
f
y
dy
Observe that this integral is absolutely convergent for any f L1 oc
Rd
. We shall
now check the conditions in Lemma 8.1. Let K j x
:
K j
x . Then it is easy to
see that
T
j T k f x
:
Rd
K j K k
y f
x
y
dy
and
T jT
k f
x
Rd
K j
K k
y
f
x
y
dy
Hence, by Young’s inequality,
T
j T k 2
2
K j K k 1
and
T jT
k 2 2 K j
K k 1
![Page 105: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 105/167
8. ALMOST ORTHOGONALITY 105
It suffices to consider the case j k . Then, using the cancellation condition
K k y dy 0, one obtains
K j K k x
Rd
K j y x K k y dy
Rd
K j y x K j x
K k y dy
Rd
∇K j
y K k y dy
C 2 j2 jd 2k
Since
supp
K j K k supp
K j supp K k B 0, C 2 j
we further conclude that
K j K k 1 C 2k
j C 2
j
k
Therefore, Lemma 8.1 applies with
γ 2 C 2
and the corollary follows.
Exercise 8.1.
a) In the previous proof it suffices to consider the case j k 0. Provide
the details of this reduction.
b) Observe that Corollary 8.4 covers the Hilbert transform. In that case,
draw the graph of K x
1 x
and also K j x
1 x
ψ 2 j x
and explain the
previous argument by means of pictures.
Another simple application of these almost orthogonality ideas is the Calderon-
Vaillancourt theorem. This result concerns the L2-boundedness of pseudo-di ff erential
operators of the form
T f x
Rd
eix ξ a x, ξ ˆ f ξ d ξ, f S Rd
(8.2)
where a C Rd
Rd
is such that
sup x,ξ Rd
α x a x, ξ
α ξ a x, ξ
B (8.3)
for all α d 1.
Proposition 8.5. Under the conditions (8.3) the operators in (8.2) are bounded
on L2 R
d
.
Proof. We may assume that B 1. Let χ be smooth and compactly supported
such that χ k k Zd forms a partition of unity in Rd :
k Zd
χ ξ k
1
ξ Rd
![Page 106: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 106/167
106 8. ALMOST ORTHOGONALITY
To construct such a χ, start from a compactly supported smooth η 0 with the
property that
ψ
x
:
k Zd η
x
k
0
x
R
d
Note that ψ is periodic with respect to Zd and therefore uniformly lower bounded.
Now define χ :
χ
ψ.
Set
χk x, ξ : χ x k χ ξ
ak , x, ξ : a x, ξ χ x k χ ξ
and define
T k , f x :
Rd
eix ξ ak , x, ξ f ξ d ξ
for f
S R
d
. Note that we have dropped the Fourier transform of f , which isadmissible by Plancherel’s theorem. First, Lemma 8.2 implies that
supk ,
T k , 2 2 C 1
Furthermore, we claim that
T
k ,
T k , 2
2 C k k d 1 d 1
T k , T
k , 2
2 C k k d 1 d 1
(8.4)
for all k , k , ,
Zd . Since the bounds on the right-hand side are summable over
k , Zd , Lemma 8.1 implies that
k N
N
T k , f
2 C f 2 f S R
d
for any positive integer N with some absolute constant C . Passing to the limit
N concludes the proof. To prove (8.4) we start from
T
k , g ξ
Rd
e ix ξ a x, ξ g x dx
which shows that T
k ,
T k , 0 requires that k k C and similarly, T k , T
k , 0
requires that C . The kernel of T
k ,
T k , is
K k , ;k ,
ξ, η :
Rd
e ix ξ η ak , x, ξ ak ,
x, η dx (8.5)
To prove the decay in
we may assume that this diff erence exceeds some
constant which is chosen such that ξ η
1 on the support of ak , x, ξ ak ,
x, η .
We now use the relation
i ξ η
ξ η
2∇ xe ix ξ η
e ix ξ η
in order to integrate by parts in (8.5) repeatedly, to precise d 1 times. This yields
K k , ;k ,
ξ, η C
d 1
![Page 107: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 107/167
8. ALMOST ORTHOGONALITY 107
Since the support of the kernel with respect to either variable is of size C 1, we
conclude from Schur’s test that
T
k , T k , 2 2 C
d
1
where may assume that k k C 1. The same type of argument now implies
the second relation of (8.4) and we are done.
We now turn to Hardy’s inequality, which provides a natural transition between
this chapter and next one devoted to the uncertainty principle.
Theorem 8.6. For any 0 s
d 2
there is a constant C s, d with the property
that
x
s f 2 C s, d f
H s Rd
(8.6)
for all f
H s
R
d
.
Proof. The stated bound is evident for s 0, so we may assume that 0 s
d 2
by interpolation (any reader uncomfortable with this interpolation may simply
assume that condition on s without missing anything from the following argument).
By density, it suffices to prove this estimate for f S Rd
. We use the partition
of unity from Lemma 8.3 and write Pk f ψ
2 k ξ ˆ f
for any k Z. By
construction, f
k Pk f where the series converges in several ways, for example
in L2. Furthermore, we set χ x ψ 2
x with Z. Then
x
s f 2
k
x
sPk f 2
C
k
k 0
2 2 s χ Pk f
22 22sk
Pk f
22
1
2
(8.7)
where the final term is the contribution from the region x 2 k . The idea
here is that the main contribution should come from k 0 which immediately
yields (8.6). The mechanism here derives from the uncertainty principle which we
will discuss in the following chapter; an indication of this is given by the trans-
formation law (6.1) and in particular the special case of this, namely the dilation
identity (6.2).
To implement this idea, we let ψ be smooth and compactly supported in Rd
0
such that ψ 1 on supp ψ . This implies that Pk f :
ψ 2 k ξ ˆ f
for any k Z
satisfies Pk Pk Pk Pk Pk whence
χ Pk f 2 χ Pk Pk f 2 χ Pk 2 2
Pk f 2
We now claim that
χ Pk
22 2
C 2d k
k 0 (8.8)
which is simple consequence of Schur’s test. We shall provide the details for this
estimate at the end of the proof. If this holds, then we can continue from (8.7) as
![Page 108: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 108/167
108 8. ALMOST ORTHOGONALITY
follows:
k
k 0
2 2 s
χ Pk f
2
2
12
C
k
k 0
2 2 s
22d
k
Pk f
2
2
12
C
k
k 0
2 d
2s
k
22sk Pk f
22
12
C
k
2sk Pk f 2
In summary we arrive at (it is easy to see that we my drop the tilde on Pk )
x
s f 2
k
22sk Pk f 2
But this is strictly weaker than what we would like which shows that one cannotgive away as much of the (almost) orthogonality of the Pk f as we did.
Hence, we should go about the first step (8.7) a bit diff erently:
x
s f
22
C
2 2 s χ f
22
C
2 2 s
k 0
χ Pk f 2
2
2 2 s χ P
f
22
(8.9)
where P :
j P j. For the sum involving both k , we invoke (8.8) to wit
2 2 s
k 0
χ
Pk f
2
2
C
k 0
2
d 2 s
k 2sk
Pk f
2
2
C
22ks Pk f
22 C f
2 H s
since d 2
s 0. To pass to the last line one can use Schur’s test for sums, for
example. The final sum in (8.9) uses that s 0:
2 2 s χ P f
22
2 2 s
P f
22
C
2 2
k s
k
0
22sk Pk f
22
C
k
22sk Pk f 22
k 0
2
2
k
s C f 2 H s
which is (8.6).
It remains to prove (8.8). For this write
χ Pk f x
Rd
ψ 2 x 2kd ψ 2k
x y f y dy
![Page 109: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 109/167
8. ALMOST ORTHOGONALITY 109
and observe that
sup x
Rd
ψ 2 x
2kd ψ 2k
x y dy C 1
sup y
Rd
ψ 2 x 2kd ψ 2k
x y dx C 2 k d
while implies the claim by Schur’s test.
Exercise 8.2. Show that one may “drop the tilde” as was done in the previous
proof, i.e., prove that
k
22ks Pk f
22
k
22ks Pk f
22
for any s.
Theorem 8.6 is sharp in the following sense: clearly, both sides scale the sameso it is impossible to use any other Sobolev space, for example. The condition
s 0 is of course needed as we cannot allow for growing weights. And s
d 2
is
not possible since in that case the estimate fails for Schwartz functions which do
not vanish at the origin (the norm on the left-hand side is infinite in that case).
Several questions pose themselves naturally now: (i) is there a substitute for
s
d 2
in the previous theorem? (ii) Is there a version of Theorem 8.6 with L p
instead of L2?
In case of s 1, we shall answer these questions in the problems.
Notes
For more on the method of almost orthogonality, in particular the use of Cotlar’s
lemma, see Stein [46]. Hardy’s inequalities are basic tools that have been generalized
in many diff erent directions, see for example Kufner and Opic [39]. For fractional s one
needs more tools, namely Littlewood-Paley theory.
Problems
Problem 8.1. Let T be of the form (8.2) where a C Rd
Rd
is such that
sup x
Rd
α x a x, ξ
α ξ a x, ξ
B ξ s
for all α d 1 and all ξ Rd . Here s 0 is arbitrary but fixed. Show that T is bounded
form H s
R
d
to L2
R
d
.
Problem 8.2. Suppose K x, y is defined on 0,
2 and is homogeneous of degree
1, i.e., K λ x, λ y λ
1K x, y for all λ 0. Further, assume that for an arbitrary but
fixed 1 p one has
0
K x, y y
1 p dy A
Show that T f x :
0 K x, y f y dy satisfies T f p A f p.
![Page 110: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 110/167
110 8. ALMOST ORTHOGONALITY
Problem 8.3. Prove Hardy’s original inequality, valid for every measurable f 0
0
x
0
f t dt
p
x
r 1 dx
p
r
p
0
x f x
p x
r 1 dx
0
x
f t dt
p
xr 1 dx
p
r
p
0
x f x
p xr 1 dx
for every 1 p , r 0. Equality holds if and only if f 0 a.e. Hint: use the
previous problem.
Problem 8.4. Show the following Hardy’s inequality in Rd
Rd
∇u x
p dx
d p
p
p
Rd
u x
p
x
p dx (8.10)
for all u S Rd
if 1 p d and for all such u which also vanish on a neighborhood of
the origin if p d . The constants here are sharp. Hint: use the previous problem.
Problem 8.5. Show that if 1 p d and 1 p
1 p
1d
, then
Rd
u x
p
x
p dx C p, d u
p
p
provided u S Rd
is radial and decreasing. Conclude that for such functions the Sobolev
embedding inequality u p
C p, d ∇u p. By means of the device of nonincreas-
ing rearrangement this special case implies the general one. In other words, the Sobolev
embedding holds without the radial decreasing assumption. The point here is that the re-
arrangement does not change u p and at most decreases ∇u p, see [36]. This is useful
in order to find the optimal constants, see Frank, Seiringer [18].
![Page 111: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 111/167
CHAPTER 9
The Uncertainty Principle
This chapter deal with various manifestations of the heuristic principle that
it is not possible for both f and ˆ f the be localized on small sets. We already
encountered a rigorous, albeit qualitative and rather weak version of this principle:
it is impossible for both f L2 R
d and ˆ f to be compactly supported.
Here we are more interested in quantitative versions, and moreover, the tight-
ness of these quantitative versions. What is meant by that can be seen from thetransformation law (6.1): let χ be a smooth bump function, and A be an invertible
affine transformation that takes the unit ball onto an ellipsoid
E :
x Rd
d
j 1
x j y j
2r 2 j
1
where y j are arbitrary constants and r j 0. Then χ A :
χ A 1 can be thought of
as a smoothed out indicator function of E. By (6.1), χ A then essentially “lives” on
the dual ellipsoid
E :
ξ Rd
d
j 1
ξ 2 j r 2 j 1
Moreover, while χ A is L -normalized, χ A is L1-normalized. To “essentially live
on” E means that
χ A ξ
C N E
1 ξ 2
E
N
where
ξ 2E
:
d
j 1
ξ 2 j r 2 j ξ
is the Euclidean norm relative to E . What we can see from this is another, still
heuristic but more quantitative form of the uncertainty principle, namely the fol-
lowing: if f L2 R
d is supported in a ball of size R, then it is not possible for ˆ f
to be “concentrated” on a scale much less than R 1.
We begin the rigorous discussion with another form of Bernstein’s estimate.In what follows B x0, r denotes the Euclidean ball in Rd which is of radius r and
centered at x0.
Lemma 9.1. Suppose f L2 R
d satisfies supp
f B 0, r . Then
α ˆ f 2
2πr
α
ˆ f 2 (9.1)
for all multi-indices α.
111
![Page 112: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 112/167
112 9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE
Proof. This follows from ˆ f C
Rd
, the relation
α ˆ f ξ
2πi
α
xα f ξ
and Plancherel’s theorem.
Heurstically speaking, this can be seen as a version of the non-concentration
statement from before. Indeed, if ˆ f were to be concentrated on a scale of size
r 1, then we may expect the left-hand side of (9.1) to be much larger than r α
.
Later in this chapter, we shall see a better reason why Bernstein’s estimate should
be viewed in the context of the uncertainty principle.
Next, we prove Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle.
Proposition 9.2. For any f S R one has
f
2
2
4π
x
x0
f
2
ξ
ξ 0
ˆ f
2 (9.2)
for all x0, ξ 0 R. This inequality is sharp, with extremizers being precisely given
by the modulated Gaussians
f x C e2πi ξ 0 x e πδ x x0
2
where C and δ 0 are arbitrary.
Proof. Without loss of generality x0 ξ 0 0. Define D
12πi
d dx
, and let
X f x x f x . Then the commutator
D, X
DX
XD
1
2πi
whence for any f S R ,
f
22
2πi D, X
f , f
2πi
X f , D f
D f , X f
4πIm D f , X f 4π D f 2 X f 2
(9.3)
as claimed.
For the sharpness, note that if equality is achieved in (9.3) then from the con-
dition on equality in Cauchy-Schwarz one has D f λ X f for some λ C. Then
D f , X f λ X f
22
which means that λ iδ with some δ 0. Finally, this
implies that
f
x
2πδ f
x
, f x
Ce
πδ x2
The general case follows by translation in x and ξ (the latter being the same as
multiplication by eix ξ 0 .
There is an analogous statement in higher dimension which we leave to the
reader. Once again, we can see Proposition 9.2 as a manifestation of the principle
that if f is concentrated on scale R 0, then ˆ f cannot be concentrated on a scale
R 1.
![Page 113: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 113/167
9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE 113
Hardy’s inequality from the previous chapter can be seen as another instance
of this principle. Indeed, in R3 it implies that
x x0
1 f 2 C ∇ f 2 C ξ ˆ f 2 f S R3 (9.4)
for any x0 R3. Thus, if ˆ f is supported on B 0, R , then
sup x0 R3
f L2 B x0,ρ
C ρ R f 2 0 ρ R 1
We leave it to the reader to derive similar statements in all dimensions. In fact, the
proof of Hardy’s inequality which we gave above clearly shows the dominant role
of the dual scales R in x, and R 1 in ξ , respectively.
Let us reformulate (9.4) with x0 0 as follows:
x
2 f , f C ∆ f , f f S R
3
which can be rewritten as ∆
c x 2 for some c
0 as operators (in other words, ∆
c x
2 is a nonnegative symmetric operator).
It is interesting to note that we can now give a proof of this special case of
Hardy’s inequality using commutator arguments, similar to those in the proof of
Proposition 9.2. In addition, this will yield the optimal value of the constant.
Proposition 9.3. One has ∆
d 2
2
4 x
2 in Rd with d 3 , which means that
for any f S Rd
∆ f , f
d 2
2
4 x
2 f , f x
1 f 2
d 2
2
4 ∇ f 2
Proof. Let p i∇. The relevant commutator here is, with r x ,
i r 1 pr 1, X dr 2
This implies that
d r 1 f
22
2Im r 1 pr 1 f , X f f S R
d
Since
p x
1
x
1 p i
x
x
3
one obtains
d 2
r 1 f
22
2Im p f , Xr 2 f f S R
d
Cauchy-Schwartz concludes the proof.
The bound in the previous proposition is optimal, but not attained in the largest
admissible class, i.e., H 1 Rd
. We shall not dwell on this issue here.
Next, we investigate the following question: if E , F Rd are of finite measure,
can there be a nonzero f L2 R
d with supp
f E and supp f F ?
Note that if there were such an f , then T f : χ E χF ˆ f
satisfies T f f .
In particular, this would imply T
2 2 1. We might expect that T has small
![Page 114: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 114/167
114 9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE
norm if E and F are small, leading to a contradiction and negative answer to our
question. Now note that
T f x
Rd
χ E x ˇ χF x y f y dy
In other words, T has kernel K x, y χ E x ˇ χF x y with Hilbert-Schmid norm
R2d
K x, y
2 dxdy E F : σ2
We remark that σ is a scaling invariant quantity. Hence, T min σ, 1 in oper-
ator norm and T is a compact operator. So if σ 1, then we see that there can be
no f 0 as in the question. Interestingly, the answer is “no” in all cases and one
has the following quantitative expression of this property.
Theorem 9.4. Let E and F be sets of finite measure in Rd . Then
f L2 Rd
C f L2 E c
ˆ f L2 F c
(9.5)
for some constant C A, B, d .
The reader will easily prove the estimate in case σ 1. For the general case,
we formulate the following equivalencies with the goal of showing that T
1
for any E , F as in the theorem. In the lemma supp refers to the essential support.
Lemma 9.5. Let E , F be measurable subsets of Rd . Then the following are
equivalent (C 1 and C 2 denote constants):
a) f L2 Rd
C 1 f L2 E c
ˆ f L2 F c
for all f L2 R
d
b) there exists ε
0 so that
f
2
L2 E
f
2
L2 F
2
ε
f
2
2 for all f
L2
Rd
c) if supp
ˆ f F, then f 2 C 2 f L2 E c
d ) if supp f E, then
ˆ f 2 C 2
ˆ f L2 F c
e) there exists 0 ρ
1 so that χ E χF ˆ f
2 ρ f 2 for all f L2 R
d .
Proof. a b : one has
f
2 L2
E
ˆ f
2 L2
F
2
f
22 f
2 L2
E c
ˆ f
2 L2
F c
2
2C 21
1
f
22
b
c : for f as in c
,
f
2
L2
E
1
ε f
22
or f
22
ε 1
f
2
L2
E
. c
a :
write f PF f PF c f where PF f χF ˆ f
and set Q E c f χ E c f . Then
f
2 PF f
2 PF c f
2 C 2
Q E c PF f 2
PF c f 2
C 2 Q E c f 2 C 2 Q E c PF c f 2 PF c f 2
C 2 Q E c f 2 C 2 1
PF c f 2
Interchanging f with ˆ f one sees that property d to the first three.
![Page 115: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 115/167
9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE 115
c e : with the projection P, Q as above one has
PF f
22 Q E PF f
22 Q E c PF f
22
Q E PF f
22 C
22
PF
22
which implies the desired bound with ρ 1
C 2
2
12 .
e c : clear.
Proof of Theorem 9.4. We already observed that T Q E PF is compact with
Hilbert-Schmid norm T
HS σ. In particular,
dim f L2 R
d T f λ f λ
2σ2 (9.6)
To prove this bound, let f j
m j 1
be an orthonormal sequence in the eigenspace on
the left. Then, with K being the kernel of K , one has
mλ2
j
R2d
K x, y
f j x
f j
y dxdy
2
K
2 L2
R2d (9.7)
by Bessel’s inequality. Furthermore, as product of projections, T
1 in operator
norm. If T 1, then it follows from compactness of T that there exists f
L2 R
d
with f 0 and T f
2 f
2.
Thus, there exists f with supp f E and supp
ˆ f F (as essential sup-
ports). We shall now obtain a contradiction to (9.6) for λ 1. Inductively, define
S 0 :
supp f
, S 1 :
S 0 S 0
x0
S k 1 : S k S 0 xk k 1
where the translations xk are chosen such that
S k S k 1 S k 2 k
If follows that the collection f k :
f
xk with k
0 is linearly independent
with
supp f k
S
:
0
S k
0
where S
, while maintaining supp
ˆ f k F . This gives the desired contra-
diction.
Next, we formulate some results that provide further evidence of the non-
concentration property of functions with Fourier support in B 0, 1 .
Proposition 9.6. Let α 0 and suppose that E Rd satisfies
E
B
α B
for all balls B or radius 1
Suppose f L2 R
d satisfies supp
ˆ f B 0, 1
. Then
f L2 E
δ α f 2 (9.8)
where δ α 0 as α
0.
![Page 116: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 116/167
116 9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE
Proof. Let ψ be a smooth compactly supported function with ψ 1 on B 0, 1 .
Define T g : χ E ψg
. The kernel of this operator is
K x, y χ E x ψ x y
and satisfies the bound, for any N 1,
K x, y C N χ E x 1 x y
N
We apply Schur’s lemma to this kernel. To this end let ε 0 be arbitrary but fixed.
First, K
x, L1
y
C 1. Second, take N d and choose R so large that
sup y
x y R
C N 1 x y
N dx ε
Then we see by covering B x, R
by finitely many balls of radius 1 that
x
y
R
C N χ E x 1 x y
N dx ε
provided α 0 is small enough. Therefore, by Schur’s lemma 8.2 we conclude
that T C
ε. Hence, if f is as in the hypothesis, then χ E f T f whence
f
L2 E
C
ε f
2
as claimed.
We now establish a somewhat more refined version of the previous result,
which goes by the name of Logvinenko-Sereda theorem.
Theorem 9.7. Suppose a measurable set E Rd satisfies the following “thick-
ness” condition: there exists γ 0, 1 such that
E
B
γ B for all balls B of radius R 1
where R 0 is arbitrary but fixed. Assume that supp
ˆ f B 0, R . Then
f L2 Rd
C f L2 E
(9.9)
where the constant C only depends on d and γ .
By the same argument as in Proposition 9.6 (or directly from that proposition)
one proves this result for γ near 1.
Exercise 9.1. Prove Theorem 9.7 if γ is close to 1.
We shall base the proof of Theorem 9.7 on arguments involving analytic func-
tions of several complex variables. This is natural in view of the Paley-Wiener
theorem, cf. 6.5 which we shall state below. However, we shall not obtain explicitconstants C d , γ from our argument.
In order to keep this discussion self-contained, we briefly review the few facts
about analytic functions of several complex variables that will be needed. Let
Ω Cd be open and connected (a “domain”), and suppose G C Ω is complex-
valued. We say that G is analytic in Ω if and only if
z j G
z1, z2, . . . , z j 1, z j, z j 1, . . . , zd
![Page 117: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 117/167
9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE 117
is analytic on the corresponding sections of Ω as all other z j are kept fixed. We
denote this class by A Ω . The Cauchy integral formula applies via integration
along contours in the individual variables. Examples of such functions are powerseries
f z
α
aα z z0
α, z ∆ : z max1
j d z j z0
j M
provided aα M α
for all multi-indices α and a constant M 0. Indeed, it
is easy to see that the power series converges uniformly in ∆ and the sum f z is
analytic in ∆. In particular, if
aα M B
α
α! α
then the power series represents an entire function in Cd .
Conversely, if f A Ω , then
f z
α
α z f z0
α! z z0
α z z0 r
for some r 0. The uniqueness theorem therefore also holds in this setting: if
α z f
z0
0 for all α, then f 0 in Ω. Moreover, if Ω R
d contains a set
of positive measure on which f vanishes, then f 0 in Ω. Due to the Cauchy
estimates, one has Montel’s theorem on normal families: if F A Ω is a locally
bounded family, then F is precompact, i.e., every sequence in F has a subsequence
which converges locally uniformly on Ω to an element of A Ω .
Finally, we recall the Paley-Wiener theorem: suppose f L2
Rd
satisfies
supp ˆ f B 0, R . Then f extends to an entire function in Cd with exponentialgrowth:
f z C Rd 2 e2π
R z
f L2 Rd
which is proved by placing absolute values inside the integral defining ˆ f z and
applying Cauchy-Schwarz.
Proof of Theorem 9.7. We may assume that R 1. Let A
2 be a constant
that we shall fix later. Partition Rd into congruent cubes of sidelength 2, which we
shall denote by Q. We say that one such Q is good if
α f L2
Q
A
α
f
L2 Q
α
We now claim that
f L2
bad Q
CA 1 f 2 (9.10)
To prove it, consider the sum
α0
Q bad
A 2
α
Dα f
2 L2
Q (9.11)
![Page 118: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 118/167
118 9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE
Since Q is bad, there is a lower bound of f
2 L2
bad Q
. On the other hand, by
Lemma 9.1, one has an upper bound of the form
α0
Q bad
A 2 α
2π
α
f
22
k 1
k
1
d
2π A 2
k
f
22
CA 2
f
22
which proves the claim.
Next, we claim that if Q is good, then there exists x0 Q such that
α f x0
C α A2 α
1
f L2
Q
, α (9.12)
Indeed, if not, then
A2 Q f 2 L2 Q
Q
α
A
3
α
A4
α
2 f 2 L2 Q
dx
Q
α
A 3
α
α f x
2 dx
α
A 3 α
A2 α
f
2 L2
Q
k 0
k
1
d 2 k
f
2 L2
Q
which is a contradiction for A 2 large.
And finally, we claim that there exists η 0 which depends only on d , γ, A so
that
f
L2
E
Q
η f
L2
Q
for all good Q (9.13)
If not, there exist f n
n 1
in L2 R
d
with supp
ˆ f n B 0, 1
and measurable sets
E n Rd with
E n B x, 1 γ B x, 1 x Rd
and good cubes Qn such that
f n L2
Qn
1, f n L2
E n
Qn
0
as n
. After translation, Qn 1, 1
d
: Q0. Denote the entire extension of
f n given by the Paley-Wiener theorem by F n. We expand F n around a good xn as
in (9.12) to conclude that for any z R one has
F n z
α
A2
α 1
α! z xn
α
0
A2 1
!
2
z
d
C
A, d , R
So F n
n 1
is a normal family in Cd and we may extract a locally uniform limit
F n F
(up to passing to a subsequence) whence F
L2 Q0
1. On the other
![Page 119: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 119/167
9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE 119
hand,
x Q0
E n f n
x λn
λ 2n f n
2 L2
E n
λ 2n η2
n
γ
2 B 0, 1
if ηn λn
γ
2 B
0, 1 . In particular, λn
0. By the thickness condition,
X n : x Q0 E n f n x λn
satisfies X n
γ
2. But then
X
:
lim supn
X n
satisfies X
γ
2. By construction, λn
0 whence F
0 on X
. By the
uniqueness theorem for analytic functions of several variables, F
0 on Q0.
This contradiction establishes our final claim. We can now finish the proof of
the theorem. Indeed, one has from (9.13) and (9.10)
f
2 L2
E
Q good Q
Q good
f
2 L2
E Q
Q good
η2 f
2 L2
Q
η2 f
2 L2
good Q
η2
f
2 L2
C 2 A 2
f
22
1
2 η2 f 22
if A was chosen large enough. This implies the desired estimate.
Exercise 9.2. Prove that Theorem 9.7 with R 1 can also be proved under the
following weaker hypothesis: there exists γ 0 and r 0 such that
E B x, r γ x Rd
The constant in (9.9) then of course also depends on r .
We now formulate a second version of the Logvinenko-Sereda theorem. We
begin with a definition.
Definition 9.8. A set F R
d is called B 0, 1
-negligible if and only if there
exists ε 0 so that for all f L2
Rd
one has either
ˆ f L2
Rd
B 0,1
ε f
2 or
f L2 Rd
F
ε f 2
(9.14)
By means of Theorem 9.7 we can characterize negligible sets.
![Page 120: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 120/167
120 9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE
Theorem 9.9. A set F is B 0, 1 -negligible if and only if there exist r 0 and
β 0, 1
such that for all x
Rd
F B x, r β B x, r (9.15)
Proof. First, we note that the condition (9.15) is equivalent to the following:
there exist r 0 and γ
0 so that
F c B x, r γ x Rd (9.16)
If (9.16) fails, then there exists x j Rd and r j with
F c B x j, r j 0 j
Now take ϕ Schwartz with supp ϕ B
0, 1 and set ϕ j ξ :
e2πix j ξ ϕ. Then ϕ j
is still supported in B 0, 1
and with B j :
B
x j, r j
, we have
ϕ j
L2 Rd F
ϕ j
L2 B j F
ϕ j
L2 Rd B j
ϕ
B j F
x x j r j
C x x j
d 1 dx
12 (9.17)
which vanishes in the limit j
. But this contradicts (9.14) which finishes the
necessity.
For the sufficiency, let E :
F c. Applying Theorem 9.7, see also Exercise 9.2,
we infer that for any f L2 R
d with supp
ˆ f B 0, 1 the estimate
f 2 C f L2 E
with C C γ, r , d . Now split f f 1 f 2 with f 1 χ B 0,1
ˆ f
. If f 2 2
ε f 2, then
f
L2 E
f 1 L2
E
f 2 2
C 1 f 2 ε f 2 ε f 2
provided ε 0 is sufficiently small and we are done.
We shall now apply these uncertainty principle ideas to the local solvability of
partial diff erential equations with constant coefficients. To be specific, suppose we
are given a polynomial
p ξ
α
aα ξ α
Then with D :
1
2πi x one has
p D :
α
aα 2πi
α Dα
This definition is chosen so that for all f S Rd
p D f ξ p ξ ˆ f ξ ξ Rd
The following theorem is known as Malgrange-Ehrenpreis theorem.
![Page 121: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 121/167
9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE 121
Theorem 9.10. Let Ω be a bounded domain in Rd and p 0 be a polynomial.
Then for all g L2 Ω there exists f L2
Ω such that p D f g in the sense of
distributions.
The “distributional sense” means that for all ϕ C
Ω with compact support
supp ϕ Ω one has
g, ϕ f , p D ϕ
where p ξ :
α aα ξ α. The pairing ,
is the L2 pairing.
We emphasize that we are not making any ellipticity assumptions in the theo-
rem. Even so, one can show that f can be taken to be C
Ω , see the Problem 9.6
below. This is very diff erent from the assertion that every solution f is C which
is known as hypoellipticity. This is not only a large area of research onto itself, but
also false in the generality of the Malgrange-Ehrenpreis theorem.
The proof follows the common principle in functional analysis that uniqueness
(for the adjoint operator) implies existence (for the operator). Recall that this is the
essence of Fredholm theory which establishes this fact for compact perturbations
of the identity operator. Of course, we cannot expect uniqueness in our case with-
out any boundary conditions, so we introduce a strong vanishing condition at the
boundary. Henceforth we take Ω to be a ball, which we may do since Ω bounded.
By dilation and translation, the ball may furthermore be taken to be B 0, 1 .
Proposition 9.11. One has the bound
p D ϕ 2 C 1 ϕ 2
for all ϕ C B 0, 1 which are compactly supported in B 0, 1 . The constant C
depends on p and the dimension.
Proof of Theorem 9.10. We show how to deduce the theorem from the propo-
sition. Let
X :
p D ϕ ϕ C comp B 0, 1
viewed as a linear subspace of L2 B
0, 1 . Define a linear functional on X by
p D
ϕ g, ϕ
where the right-hand side is the L2-pairing. Proposition 9.11 implies that this is
well-defined and in fact one has a bound
p D
ϕ g
2 ϕ 2 C
g
2 p
D
ϕ 2
By the Hahn-Banach theorem we may extend as a bounded linear functional to
L2
B
0, 1
with the same norm. So by the Riesz representation of such functionalsthere exists f L2
B 0, 1 with the property that
p D ϕ f , p D ϕ g, ϕ
for all ϕ as above which proves the theorem.
The proof of Proposition 9.11 will be based on Theorem 9.7, which requires
some preparatory lemmas on polynomials.
![Page 122: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 122/167
122 9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE
Lemma 9.12. Let p be a nonzero polynomial in Rd . There exists β 0, 1
which only depends on the degree of p and the dimension so that
B p x
12
max B
p β B
for all balls B of radius 1.
Proof. Denote the degree of p by N . The proof exploits the fact that any
two norms on a finite-dimensional space are comparable (in our case the space of
polynomials of degree at most N ). Fix a unit ball B. Then there exists a constant
C N
such that
max x B
p x ∇ p x C N max
x B p x
whence
max x B
∇ p x C N max x B
p x
By the mean value theorem,
p x p y max B
∇ p x y C N x y max B
p
from which we infer that
p
y
p
xmax
C N
max
B p
xmax
y
1
2 p
xmax
for any y B xmax, 2C N
1 B. In particular,
y B 2 p y max B
p c N , d 0
Finally, we may translate B without aff ecting any of the constants which concludes
the proof.
The following lemma is formulated so as to fit Theorem 9.9.
Lemma 9.13. Let p be any nonzero polynomial in Rd . Then there exists ε0 0
depending on p such that
x B p x ε0 β B
for all unit balls B. Here β 0, 1
is from Lemma 9.12.
Proof. By the previous lemma it suffices to show that
inf B
max x B
p x ε0
where the infimum is taken over all unit balls. First, with N the degree of p,
max B 0,1
p x C N
1
α
aα
where aα are the coefficients of p. Furthermore, one has
max B
p x C N , p
1
α
N
aα : ε0
![Page 123: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 123/167
9. THE UNCERTAINTY PRINCIPLE 123
uniformly in B. This follows form the previous inequality and the property that
the highest order coefficients are invariant under translation. This concludes the
proof.
Proof of Proposition 9.11. Lemma 9.13 guarantees that
F : x Rd
p x ε0
is B 0, 1
-negligible. Thus, by Theorem 9.9,
¯ p
D
ϕ 2 ¯ p
ξ ϕ 2 ¯ pϕ L2
F c
ε0 ϕ L2
F c
ε1 ϕ L2
Rd
with some constant ε1 that depends on p and d .
There is no analogue of Theorem 9.10 for partial diff erential operators with
nonconstant smooth coefficients. This is known as Lewy’s example, see for exam-
ple [17].
Notes
A standard reference for the material in this chapter is Havin and Joricke’s book [24].
Another basic resource in this area is Charles Feff erman’s survey [15]. An explicit constant
in Theorem 9.4 of the form eC
E
F in dimension 1 was obtained by Nazarov [38], and in
higher dimensions by Jaming [27]. For the solvability of linear constant coefficient PDEs
see Jerison [29].
Problems
Problem
9.1. Does there exist a nonzero function f
L
2 R
d
so that both f
0 andˆ f 0 on nonempty open sets?
Problem 9.2. Does there exist a nonzero f L2 R with f 0 on 1, 1 and ˆ f 0
on a half-line? What about f 0 on a set of positive measure and ˆ f 0 on a half-line?
Problem 9.3. Suppose E , F Rd have finite measure. Show that for any g1, g2
L2 R
d there exists f L2
Rd
with
f g1 on E , ˆ f g2 on F
This can be seen as the statement that f E and ˆ f F are independent.
Problem 9.4. Prove that for E , F Rd of finite measure one has
dim f L2 R
d f 0 on E , ˆ f 0 on F
Problem 9.5. There are several ways of proving Proposition 9.6. As an alternative tothe Schur lemma proof we gave, one can use Sobolev embedding on cubes together with
Bernstein’s theorem. This problem suggests yet another route.
Prove Poincare’s inequality: for any f H 1 Rd
one has for every R 0
B 0, R
f x f R
2 dx CR2
B 0, R
∇ f x
2 dx
with an absolute constant. Here f R is the average of f on B 0, R .
![Page 124: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 124/167
![Page 125: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 125/167
CHAPTER 10
Littlewood-Paley theory
One of the central concerns of harmonic analysis is the study of multiplier
operators, i.e., operators T which are of the form
T m f x
Rd
e2πix ξ m ξ ˆ f ξ d ξ (10.1)
where m : Rd C is bounded. By Plancherel’s theorem T
m
2
2 m
. In
fact, it is easy to see that one has equality here. Over the distributions we may write
T m f K f for any f S Rd
with K :
m S . Then T m is bounded on L1 if
and only if the associated kernel is in L1, in which case
T m 1 1
K 1
There are many cases, though, where K L1 R
d
but T is bounded on L p for
some (or all) 1 p
. The Hilbert transform is one such example. We shall
now discuss one of the basic results in the field, which describes a large class of
multipliers m that give rise to L p bounded operators for 1 p .
In Chapter 7 we previously studied the case where m is homogeneous of de-
gree 0 and we showed that the T m is a Calderon-Zygmund operator with homo-
geneous kernel, and thus L p
-bounded for 1
p
. In the following theorem,which goes by the name of Mikhlin multiplier theorem, we shall allow for more
general functions m which satisfy finitely many derivative conditions of the zero-
degree type..
Theorem 10.1. Let m : Rd
0 C satisfy, for any multi-index γ of length
γ d 2
γ m ξ B ξ
γ
for all ξ 0. Then for any 1 p there is a constant C C d , p so that
m ˆ f
p CB f p
for all f S.
Proof. Let ψ give rise to a dyadic partition of unity as in Lemma 8.3. Definefor any j Z
m j ξ ψ 2 j ξ m ξ
and set K j m j. Now fix some large positive integer N and set
K x
N
j N
K j x
125
![Page 126: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 126/167
126 10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY
We claim that under our smoothness assumption on m one has the pointwise esti-
mates
K
x
C B
x
d
,
∇K
x
CB
x
d 1
(10.2)where C C d . One then applies the Calderon-Zygmund theorem and lets N
.
We will verify the first inequality in (10.2). The second one is similar, and will
be only sketched. By assumption, Dγ m j
CB2 j γ
and thus
Dγ m j 1 CB2 j γ
2 jd
for any multi-index γ d
2. Similarly,
Dγ ξ im j 1 CB2
j γ
1
2 jd
for the same γ . Hence,
x
γ
m j
x
CB2
j d γ
and
xγ Dm j x
CB2 j d 1
γ .
Since x
k C k , d
γ k xγ one concludes that
m j
x
CB2 j d k x
k (10.3)
and
Dm j
x
CB2 j d 1 k x
k (10.4)
for any 0 k d 2 and all j Z, x Rd
0 . We shall use this with k 0 and
k d 2. Indeed,
K x
j
m j x
2 j x
1
m j x
2 j x
1
m j x
CB
2 j x
1
2 jd CB
2 j x
1
2 jd 2 j
x
d 2
CB
x
d
CB x
2 x
d 2
CB x
d ,
as claimed. To obtain the second inequality in (10.2) one uses (10.4) instead of
(10.3). Otherwise the argument is unchanged. Thus we have verified that K sat-
isfies the conditions i) and iii) of Definition 7.1, see Lemma 7.2. Furthermore,
m
B so that
m ˆ f
2 B
f
2. By Theorem 7.6, and the remark following
it, one concludes that
m ˆ f
p C p, d f p
for all f S and 1 p , as claimed.
The number of derivatives entering into the hypothesis can be decreased, see
the problem section. Theorem 10.1 allows one to give proofs of Corollaries 7.7
without going through Exercise 7.4. Indeed, one has
2u
xi x j
ξ
ξ i ξ j
ξ 2 u
ξ
![Page 127: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 127/167
10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY 127
Since m ξ
ξ i ξ j
ξ
2 satisfies the conditions of Theorem 10.1 (this is obvious, as m
is homogeneous of degree 0 and smooth away from ξ 0
, we are done. Observe
that this example also shows that Theorem 10.1 fails if p 1 or p .Theorem 10.1 is formulated as an apriori inequality for f
S
Rd
. In that
case m ˆ f S so that m ˆ f
S . The question arises whether or not m ˆ f
is
meaningful for f L p
Rd
. If 1
p
2, then ˆ f
L2
L
Rd
(in fact ˆ f
L p
by Hausdorff -Young), so that m ˆ f S and therefore m ˆ f
S is well-defined. If
p 2, however, it is known that there are f L p R
d such that ˆ f S has positive
order (see the Notes to Chapter 6). For such f it is in general not possible to define
m ˆ f
in S .
We now present an important application of Mikhlin’s theorem to Littlewood-
Paley theory. With ψ as in Lemma 8.3 we define P j f ψ j ˆ f
where ψ j ξ
ψ 2 j ξ (it is customary to assume ψ
0). Then by Plancherel,
C 1
f
22
j Z
P j f
22
f
22 (10.5)
for any f L2
Rd
. Observe that the middle expression is equal to
S f
22
with
S f
j
P j f
2
12
This is called the Littlewood-Paley square-function. It is a basic result of harmonic
analysis that (10.5) generalizes to
C 1 f p S f p C f p (10.6)
for any f L p Rd provided 1 p and with C C p, d . It is of course im-portant to understand why such a result might hold, and so we off er some heuristic
explanations.
Consider a lacunary trigonometric polynomial of the form
T θ
M
n 1
cn e 2nπθ
where θ T. Let p 1 be an integer and estimate by Plancherel’s theorem
1
0
M
n 1
cn e 2nθ
2 p
d θ
1
0
M
n1,...,n p 1
cn1 cn p
e 2nθ
2
d θ
C p
M
n1,...,n p 1
cn1 cn p
2
n
cn
2 p
We used here that for every positive integer N the number of ways in which it can
be written in the form
N 2n1
2n p , n j
0
![Page 128: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 128/167
128 10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY
is bounded by a constant that depends only on p. In other words, given a sequence
ck 2 Z so that ck
0 unless k is of the form 2n with n
0, we have the
property
k
ck
2
12
k
ck e k πθ
p
k
ck
2
12
(10.7)
for every p 2 (and by Holder’s inequality one can lower this to p
1, see the
proof of Lemma 10.3 below). Clearly, (10.7) is remarkable as it says that any L2 T
function f so that ˆ f k 0 unless k is a power of 2 has finite L p-norm for every
p (but of course not for p
). We remark in passing that this applies to
any lacunary or gap Fourier series, but this is harder to see (the standard argument
involves Riesz products).
The rough idea behind (10.6) can be construed as follows: if we consider an ar-
bitrary trigonometric polynomial
n ane nθ , then (10.7) is of course false. How-
ever, we may try to salvage something of (10.7) by setting
ck θ :
2k 1 n 2k
ane nθ , k 1
We might then expect that the square function
S f θ :
k
ck θ
2
12
satisfies S f
p f
p.
It is insightful to view lacunary characters such as e
2nθ n 1 from a proba-
bilistic angle. Indeed, we can view these functions as being close to independent
random variables on the interval 0, 1 . For example, on any interval k 2
n, k
1 2 n 0, 1 with integer k , on which sin 2nπθ has a fixed sign, the func-
tion sin 2n 1πθ is equally likely to be positive or negative. The reader should
also compare the graphs of Re e 2nθ with those of the Rademacher functions r n
defined below.
Taking another leap of faith, we are thus lead to viewing lacunary series from
the point of view of the central limit theorem in probability theory, which at least
heuristically implies that a lacunary Fourier series f as above with f
2 1 satis-
fies
θ T f
θ λ
Ce
λ2
2
with a suitable constant C 0. In particular, this ensures that f satisfies an estimate
of the type (10.7).
It should therefore come as no surprise to the reader that some probabilistic
elements enter into the proof of (10.6). In fact, we shall now derive (10.6) by means
of a standard randomization technique. Let r j be a sequence of independent
random variables with P r j
1 P
r j 1
12
, for all j (in other words,
the r j are a coin tossing sequence). Readers familiar with the central limit theorem
will not be surprised by the following sub-Gaussian bound.
![Page 129: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 129/167
![Page 130: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 130/167
![Page 131: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 131/167
10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY 131
To pass to the final inequality one uses that only an absolutely bounded number
of terms is non-zero in the sum preceding it for any ξ 0. Hence, in view of
Lemma 10.3,
Rd
S f x
p
dx C lim sup N
E
Rd
N
j N
r j P j f x
p
dx C f
p p
as desired.
To prove the lower bound we use duality: choose a function ψ so that ψ 1 on
supp ψ
and ψ is compactly supported with supp ψ Rd
0
. Defining P j like P j
with ψ instead of ψ yields
P j satisfying P jP j P j. Therefore, for any f , g S,
and any 1 p
,
f , g
j
P j f , P jg
Rd
j
P j f x
2
12
k
Pk g x
2
12
dx
S f p
S g p
C S f p g p
For the final bound we use that the argument for the upper bound equally well
applies to S instead of S . Thus, f p C S f p, as claimed.
It is desirable to formulate Theorem 10.4 on L p R
d rather than on S R
d .
This is done in the following corollary. Observe that S f is defined pointwise if
f S
Rd
since P j f is a smooth function.
Corollary 10.5.
a) Let 1 p
. Then for any f
L p
Rd
one has S f
L p and
C 1
p,d
f
p
S f
p
C p,d
f
p
b) Suppose that f S and that S f
L p
Rd
with some 1
p
. Then
f g P where P is a polynomial and g L p R
d . Moreover, S f S g
and
C 1 p,d
S f p g p C p,d S f p
Proof. To prove part a , let f k
S so that f k
f p
0 as k
. We claim
that
limk
S f k S f p 0 (10.10)
If (10.10) holds, then passing to the limit k
in
C
1 p,d f k p S f k p C p,d f k p
implies part a . To prove (10.10) one applies Fatou repeatedly. Fix x R
d . Then
S f k x S f x P j f k x
k
2 P j f x
j
2
P j f k x P j f x
j
2
S f k f x lim inf
m
S f k f m x
![Page 132: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 132/167
132 10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY
Therefore,
S f k S f p lim inf
m
S f k f m p C p,d liminf
m
f k f m p
The claim (10.10) now follows by letting k .
For the second part we argue as in the proof of the lower bound in Theo-
rem 10.4: Let f S and h
S with supp
h R
d
0 . Then
f , h C p S f p
S h p
C p S f p h p
where S is the modified square function from the proof of Theorem 10.4. By the
Hahn-Banach theorem there exists g L p so that f , h g, h
for all h as above
satisfying g p C p S f p. By Exercise (6.2) one has f g P. Moreover,
S f S g and
S f p S g p C g p
by part i).
The following exercise shows that the Littlewood-Paley theorem fails at the
endpoints p 1 and p
.
Exercise 10.2.
a) Show that Theorem 10.4 fails at p 1. The intuition is of course to take
f δ0. For that case verify that that
S f x x
d
so that S f L1 R
d
. Next, transfer this logic to L1 R
d
by means of
approximate identities.
b) Show that Theorem 10.4 fails for p
.
It is natural to ask at this point whether the Littlewood-Paley theorem holds
for square functions defined in terms of sharp cut-o ff s rather than smooth ones as
above. More precisely, suppose we set
S new f
2
j Z
χ 2 j
1 ξ 2 j
ˆ f ξ
2
Is it true that
C 1
p f p S new f p C p f p (10.11)
for 1 p ? Due the boundedness of the Hilbert transform the answer is “yes”
in dimension 1, but it is rather deep fact that it is “no” in dimensions d 2, see the
notes and problems to this chapter.
As a first application of (10.6) we now finish the proof of (6.8).
Proposition 10.6. For any 0 s d and with 1
2
1 p
sd
one has
f L p Rd
C s, d f
H s Rd
for all f S
Rd
.
![Page 133: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 133/167
10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY 133
Proof. In Chapter 6 we already settled the case where ˆ f is localized to a dyadic
shell ξ
2 j
. Thus, it remains to prove (6.11). In fact, we shall now prove that
for any finite p
2 f p C
j Z
P j f
2 p
12
with a constant that only depends on p and d . By (10.6)
f p C p, d S f p C p, d P j f j Z 2
Z
p
C p, d
P j f p j Z
2 Z
where we used the triangle inequality in the final step (see the following exercise).
Exercise 10.3.
Show that for any
p
q
1 and on any measure space
X , µ
,
f j j Z q
Z
L p µ
f j L p µ
j Z
q Z
Also show that for q p
1 one has the reverse inequality.
Show that (6.11) fails for every 1
p
2.
As evidenced by the proof of Proposition 10.6, Exercise 10.3 is a useful (and
sharp) tool when combined with (10.6). In particular, it is used in comparing
Sobolev with Besov spaces, see the problem section below.
As final general comment about Littlewood-Paley theory, we ask the reader to
verify that there can be no version of 10.6 in which the square function is replaced
by some q-based norm.
Exercise 10.4. Suppose that for some 1 q and 1 p one has
P j f j Z q
Z
L p Rd
f p f S Rd
with constants that do not depend on f . Show that q 2.
We now present a connection between BMO and Littlewood-Paley theory. This
will give us the opportunity to introduce some notions that historically played an
important role in the development of the theory, such as Carleson measure and the
Calder´ on reproducing formula, which can be seen as a continuum version of the
discrete Littlewood-Paley decomposition.
Definition 10.7. Let µ be a (complex) measure on the upper half-space Rd 1
.
Denote a general dyadic cube in Rd by I and the cube in Rd 1
with base I and
of height I where is the side-length of I , by Q I
. In other words, Q I :
x, t x I , 0 t I . One says that µ is a Carleson measure if
µ C :
sup I
µ Q I
I
The following result may seem unmotivated for now, but it is a standard device
by which a BMO function can be broken up into basic constituents.
![Page 134: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 134/167
134 10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY
Proposition 10.8. Let f BMO Rd
with f BMO 1 have compact support
and mean zero. There exist functions b I I indexed by the dyadic cubes in Rd and
scalars λ I such that f
I λ I b I
supp
b I
3 I
Rd b I x dx 0
∇b I
I 1
I J λ I
2 I J for all dyadic cubes J
The final property means that
I λ I
2 I δ
x I , I
is a Carleson measure where x I
is the center of I.
Proof. Let ϕ S Rd
be real-valued, radial, and such that supp
ϕ B 0, 1
and with
Rd
ϕ t ξ 2 dt
t 1 ξ 0 (10.12)
Note that the left-hand side is a radial function and by scaling does not even depend
on ξ . In other words, it does not depend on the choice of ξ 0 at all. The only
requirement is that ϕ 0 0 or equivalently,
ϕ 0. Moreover, any ϕ 0 which
satisfies this condition can be normalized so as to fulfil (10.12).
Clearly, (10.12) is a continuum analogue of the discrete partition of unity in
Lemma 8.3. The Calderon reproducing formula is now the following statement,
which is implied by (10.12) and the vanishing
f 0:
f x
0
ϕt ϕt f
x
dt
t
I
T I
ϕt x y ϕt f y
dt
t dy
I
b I x
(10.13)
where T I :
x, t x I , t I 2, I
and ϕt x t d ϕ x t . By
construction,
b I 0 and supp
b I 3 I . Moreover, if we define with a suitable
constant C
λ I : C
I
1
T I
ϕt f y
2t 1 dtdy
12
then one checks by means of Cauchy-Schwarz that
∇˜b I
x
T I
∇ϕt
x
y
ϕt
f
y
dt
t dy
λ I
I
1
Define b I : λ 1
I b I . We have verified all properties up to the Carleson measure. To
obtain this final claim, we first show that for any f BMO
Rd
and any (dyadic)
cube I Rd
Q I
ϕt f
y
2 t 1 dtdy C
f
2BMO
I (10.14)
![Page 135: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 135/167
10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY 135
By the scaling and translation symmetries, we may assume that I is the cube
1, 1
d . Define I :
2, 2
d and split
f f I f f I χ I f f I χRd I : f 1 f 2 f 3
The constant f 1 does not contribute to (10.14) and f 2 is estimated by
Rd 1
ϕt f 2 y
2 t 1 dtdy f 2
22 C f
2BMO
Finally,
Q I
ϕt f 3 x
2 t 1 dtdx
2
0
dt
t
1,1
d
dx
Rd 2,2
d
f
y
f I
t d ϕ
x y
t
dy
2
C
2
0
dt t
1,1
d
dx
Rd 2,2
d
f y f I
2 t d ϕ
x yt
dy
C
Rd
f y f I
2
1 y
d 1 dy C f
2BMO
as desired. For the final step, see Problem 7.5. Hence (10.14) holds and therefore
J I
λ J
2 J
J I
T J
ϕt f
x
2 t 1 dtdx
C
Q I
ϕt f x
2 t 1 dtdx C f
2BMO I
and we are done. Exercise 10.5. Give a detailed proof of (10.13).
To conclude this chapter, we shall show that singular integrals as in Defini-
tion 7.1 are bounded on C α R
d
, 0 α
1. Problem 7.7 of the previous chapter
deals with the C α-boundedness of the Hilbert transform, which can be proved on
the level of the kernel alone. Here we shall follow a diff erent route based on the
projections P j. We begin with a characterization of C α Rd
for 0
α 1 in terms
of the projections P j. The reader should realize that the proof of the following
lemma is reminiscent of the proof of Bernstein’s Theorem 1.12.
Lemma 10.9. Let f 1. Then f C α Rd
for 0 α 1 if and only if
sup j Z
2 jα P j f
A (10.15)
Moreover, the smallest A for which (10.15) holds is comparable to f α.
Proof. Set ψ j x
2 jnψ
2 j x
: ϕ j x
. Hence
ϕ j 1
ψ 1 for all j Z and
Rd
ϕ j x xγ dx 0
![Page 136: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 136/167
136 10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY
for all multi-indices γ . First assume f C α. Then
P j f
x
Rd
f
x
y
f
x
ϕ j
y
dy
Rd
f α y
α ϕ j y dy
2 jα f α
Rd
y
α ψ y dy
Hence A C f α, as claimed. Conversely, define
g x
j
P j f x
for any integer 0. We need to show that, for all y R
d ,
sup
g x y g x CA y
α
with some constant C C
d
. Fix y 0 and estimate
y
1 2 j
2
P j f
x
2 j y
1
A2 jα
CA y
α (10.16)
Secondly, observe that
P j f x y P j f x ∇P j f
y C 2 j P j f
y
C 2 j 1 α A y
(10.17)
where we invoked Bernstein’s inequality to pass to the second inequality sign.
Combining (10.16) and (10.17) yields
g x y g x
2
2 j
y
1
P j f x y P j f x
y
1 2 j
2
2 P j f
2 j y
1
CA2 j 1 α
y
y
1
2 j
2 A2 jα
CA y
α
(10.18)
uniformly in 1.
So g g 0
1 are uniformly bounded on C α K for any compact K . By
the Arzela-Ascoli theorem one concludes that
g g
0
g
uniformly on any compact set and therefore g α CA by (10.18) (up to passing
to a subsequence i ). It remains to show that f has the same property. This will
follow from the following claim: f g
const. To verify this property, note that
g g 0
g in S . Thus, also g δ0g 0
g in S which is the same as
j
ψ 2
j ξ ˆ f ξ δ0g 0
g in S
![Page 137: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 137/167
10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY 137
Soif h Swith supp h Rd
0 , then
ˆ f g, h 0, i.e., we have supp
ˆ f g
0
. By Exercise 6.2 therefore
f g x
γ
M
C γ xγ (10.19)
On the other hand, since g 0
0,
f g x f
g x g 0 1 CA x
α
Since α 1, comparing this bound with (10.19) shows that the polynomial in
(10.19) is of degree zero. Thus, f g
const, as claimed.
Next, we need the following result which gives an example of a situation where
T maps into L1 R
d
. We postpone the proof.
Proposition 10.10. Let K be a singular integral kernel as in Definition 7.1. For
any η
S
R
d
with
Rd η
x
dx
0 one has T η 1 C η B
with a constant depending on η.
We can now formulate and prove the C α bound for singular integrals.
Theorem 10.11. Let K be as in Definition 7.1 and 0 α
1. Then for any
f L2 C α R
d one has T f C α R
d and
T f
α C α B f α with C α C α, d .
Proof. We use Lemma 10.9. In order to do so, notice first that
T f
CB f α f 2
which we leave to the reader to check. Therefore, it suffices to show that
sup j
2 jα P jT f
CB f α (10.20)
Let P j be defined as
P ju
ψ 2 j
u
ξ
where ψ C
0 R
d 0 and ψψ ψ. Thus, P jP j P j. Hence,
P jT f
P jP jT f
P jT P j f
P jT
P j f
P jT
C f α2 jα
It remains to show that sup j
P jT
CB, see (10.20). Clearly, the kernel of
P jT is 2 jd ˇ ψ 2 j
K so that
P jT
2 jd ˇ
ψ 2 j
K 1
ˇ ψ
2 jd K 2 j
1 CB (10.21)
by Proposition 10.10. Indeed, set η
ˇ ψ in that proposition so that
Rd
η x dx
ψ 0 0
![Page 138: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 138/167
138 10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY
as required. Furthermore, we apply Proposition 10.10 with the rescaled kernel
2 jd K 2 j
. As this kernel satisfies the conditions in Definition 7.1 uniformly in
j, one obtains (10.21) and the theorem is proved.
It remains to show Proposition 10.10. We will build up from the case of an
“atom” as defined by the following lemma.
Lemma 10.12. Let f L
Rd
with
f x dx 0 , supp f B 0, R and
f
R d . Then
T f 1 CB
Proof. By Cauchy-Schwarz,
x 2 R
T f x
dx T f 2CRd 2
C B f 2 Rd 2
CBR d
R
d
2 R
d
2
CB
Furthermore,
x 2 R
T f x dx
Rd
x 2 y
K x y K x dx f y dy B f 1 C B
as desired.
In passing, we point out a simple relation between these atoms and BMO. In
fact, let ϕ BMO and a
f as defined in Lemma 10.12. Then
a, ϕ
B
a x ϕ x ϕ B dx
a
B
ϕ x ϕ B dx
B
ϕ x ϕ B dx ϕ BMO
Moreover, it is easy to see from this that supa a, ϕ ϕ BMO. It is there-
fore natural to define the atomic space H 1atom Rd
as all sums f
j c j a j with
j c j and to define the norm
f H 1 as the smallest possible value of the sum
j c j for a given f .
It is a remarkable fact that this atomic space coincides with H 1 as defined
in (7.32). We will establish this in a later chapter in a one-dimensional dyadic
setting. In the following lemma we show that one can write a general Schwartz
function with mean zero as a superposition of infinitely many atoms.
Lemma 10.13. Let η S Rn
,
Rd η x dx 0. Then one can write
η
1
c a
with
Rn a x dx 0 , a
d , supp a B
0, for all 1 and
1
c
C η
![Page 139: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 139/167
![Page 140: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 140/167
140 10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY
Property (10.27) implies that
η
B 1
1
B 1
Rd B
1
η
x
dx
1
B 1
Rd B
1
η x
dx
C 20d
(10.28)
since η η on Rd B , see (10.26), and since η has rapid decay. (10.28) implies
that
η 1
C 20d ,
see (10.26), and also
f 1
C 20d
see (10.22). We now conclude from (10.23)–(10.25) that
η
1
f
1
c a
with, see (10.25) and (10.24),
1
c
1
d f
1
C 19d
and the lemma follows.
Proof of Proposition 8. Let η be as in the statement of the proposition. By
Lemma 10.13,
η
1
c a
with c and a as stated there. By Lemma 10.12,
T c a 1 c T a 1 C B c
for 1. Hence,
1
T c a 1 C η B
and this easily implies that T η 1 C η B, is claimed.
A typical application of Theorem 10.11 is to the so-called “Schauder estimate”.
Corollary 10.14. Let f C 2,α
0 R
d . Then
sup1
i, j d
2 f
xi
x j
α
C
α, d f
α (10.29)
for any 0 α
1.
![Page 141: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 141/167
10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY 141
Proof. As in the L p case, see Corollary 7.7, this follows from the fact that
2 f
xi x j
Ri j
f
for 1
i, j
d
where Ri j are the double Riesz transforms. Now apply Theorem 10.11 to the sin-
gular integral operators Ri j.
For an extension of this corollary to variable coefficients, see Problem 10.6
below.
Exercise 10.6. Show that Theorem 10.11 fails at α 0 and α 1.
As a final application of Lemma 10.9 we remark that it easily implies Sobolev’s
imbedding W 1, p R
d
C α R
d
in the range d p
with α
1
d p
. See
Problem 10.12.
Notes
The Littlewood-Paley theorem can be proved in a number of diff erent ways, see for ex-
ample Stein [47], which also contains a martingale diff erence version of this theorem. For
many applications of Littlewood-Paley theory (such as to Besov spaces) and connections
with wavelet theory, see Frazier, Jawerth and Weiss [19].
Concerning (10.11), it is a relatively easy consequence of the L p-boundedness of the
Hilbert transform that the answer is “yes” in one dimension. On the other hand, it is a very
remarkable result of Charles Feff erman that the answer is “no” for dimensions d 2. In
fact, Feff erman [14] showed that the ball multiplier χ B where B is any ball in Rd is bounded
on L p R
d only for p 2. This latter result is based on the existence of Kakeya sets and
will shall return to it in a later chapter. The positive answer for d 1 is presented as
Problem 10.4 below.The “atoms” of Lemma 10.12 are exactly what one calls an H 1-atom where H 1 R
d
is the real-variable Hardy space. Lemma 10.13 is an instance of an atomic decomposition
which exists for any f H 1, see Stein [46] and Koosis [34].
Proposition 10.8 is from [55].
Problems
Problem 10.1. The conditions in Theorem 10.1 can be relaxed. Indeed, it suffices to
assume the following:
sup R
0
R2
α
R
ξ 2 R
α ξ m
ξ
2 d ξ A2
for all α k where k is the smallest integer
d 2
.
Hint: Verify the Hormander condition ii of Definition 7.1 directly rather than going
through Lemma 7.2.
Problem 10.2. Let T by a bounded linear operator on L p X , µ where X , µ is some
measure space and 1 p . Show the following vector-valued L p estimate:
T f j 2
p C p T p
p
f j 2
p
![Page 142: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 142/167
142 10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY
for any sequence f j of measurable functions for which the right-hand side is finite. Such
vector-valued extensions are very useful. A challenging question is how to extend this
property to sub-linear operators such as the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function, see [46],
page 51.
Problem 10.3. Let 1 p 2. By means of Khintchin’s inequality show that for
every ε 0 there exists f S Rd
such that
ˆ f p
ε f p, cf. Corollary 6.8.
Problem 10.4. In this problem the dimension is d 1.
a) Deduce (10.11) from Theorem 10.4 by means of the following “vector-valued”
inequality: Let I j j
Z be an arbitrary collection of intervals. Then for any 1
p
χ I jˆ f j
j
L p 2
:
j
χ I jˆ f j
2
12
p
C p
f j
L p
2
(10.30)
where f j j
Z are an arbitrary collection of functions in S R1
, say.
b) Now deduce (10.30) from Theorem 4.8 by means of Khinchin’s inequality Hint:
express the operator f χ I ˆ f
by means of the Hilbert transform via the same
procedure which was used in the proof of Theorem 4.11.
c) By similar means prove the following Littlewood-Paley theorem for functions in
L p T : For any f L1
T let
S f
j
0
P j f
2
12
where
P j f θ
2 j 1 n 2 j
ˆ f n e nθ
for j 1 and 0 f θ
ˆ f 0 . Show that, for any 1 p
C
1 p f L p
T
S f L p
T
C p f L p
T
(10.31)
for all f L p T .
d ) As a consequence of (10.11) with d 1 show the following multiplier theorem:
Let m : R 0 C have the property that, for each j Z
m ξ m j constant
for all 2 j 1
ξ
2 j. Then, for any 1 p
m ˆ f
L p
R
C p sup j
Z
m j f p
for all f S
R . Prove a similar theorem for L p T using (10.31).
Problem 10.5. Prove the following stronger version of Problem 7.4. By a dyadic
interval we mean an interval of the form 2k , 2k 1 where k Z. Suppose m is a bounded
function on R which is locally of bounded variation. In fact, assume that for some finite B
one has m
B and
I
dm B
![Page 143: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 143/167
10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY 143
for all dyadic intervals I . Show that m is bounded on L p R as a Fourier multiplier for
any 1 p with m ˆ f
p C p B f p. For an extension to higher dimensions
see [45].
Problem 10.6. We extend Corollary 10.14 to estimates for elliptic equations on a re-
gion Ω Rd with variable coefficients, i.e.,
n
i, j 1
ai j x
2u
xi x j
x f x in Ω
where
i, j ai j ξ i ξ j λ ξ
2 and ai j C α Ω . By “freezing x”, prove the following apriori
estimate from (10.29) for any f C 2,α Ω :
sup1
i, j
d
2 f
xi x j
C α K
C α, d , K
f C α
Ω
f L
Ω
for any compact K Ω. Hint: See Gilbarg-Trudinger [22] for this estimate and much
more.
Problem 10.7. Under the same assumptions as in Theorem 10.1 one has
m ˆ f
α C α B f α
for any 0 α 1 and f C α Rd
L2 R
d . Hint: This is a corollary of the proof of
Theorem 10.1. Analyze which properties of K it establishes and what is needed in order
for the proof of Theorem 10.11 to go through.
Problem 10.8. For this problem we need to recall the definition of a martingale diff er-
ence sequence: let F n
n
1 be an increasing sequence of σ-algebras on some probability
space Ω,P (this is called a filtration). Assume that the function X n : Ω R is mea-
surable with respect to F n and E X n F n 1 0. Then X n
n 1
is called a martingale
diff
erence sequence. Suppose
X n
n 1 is such a martingale diff
erence sequence adopted tosome filtration F n
n 1
. Show that
P
N
n
1
X n
λ
N
n
1
X n
2
1
2
Ce
cλ2
for any N 1, 2, . . ., and λ 0. Here C , c 0 are absolute constants.
Problem 10.9. Let r j
1 be a coin tossing sequence as before. Show that for any
a j C, and N Z
P
sup0
θ
1
N
j 1
r j a je2πi jθ
C 0
N
j 1
a j
2
12
log N
C 0 N
2
provided C 0 is a sufficiently large absolute constant.
Problem 10.10. Using the ideas of this chapter as well as the proof strategy of The-
orem 8.6, try to prove (8.10) (but with an arbitrary multiplicative constant). For which p
does this approach succeed?
Problem 10.11. This problem introduces Sobolev and Besov spaces and studies some
embeddings. We remark that the spaces with dots are called “homogeneous”, whereas
those without are called “inhomogeneous”.
![Page 144: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 144/167
144 10. LITTLEWOOD-PALEY THEORY
Let 1 p and s 0. Define the Sobolev spaces W s, p R
d and W s, p
Rd
as completions of S Rd
under the norms
∆
s
2 f p respectively
∆
s
2 f p
where a
1 a2. The operators here are interpreted as Fourier multipliers.
Show that for any 1 p
f
W s, p
j
Z
22 js P j f
2
12
p
with implicit constants that only depend on s, p, d . Formulate and prove an
analogous statement for W s, p R
d . Does anything change for s 0? Note that
s 0 naturally arises by the duality relation
W s, p
W
s, p. For which s is
this valid? What is the analogue for the inhomogeneous spaces?
Define the Besov spaces Bs p,q R
d and Bs
p,q Rd
by means of the norms (for q
finite)
j
Z
2q js P j f
q p
1
qrespectively
j 0
2q js P j f
q p
1
q
where in the second sum P0 is interpreted as the projection onto all frequencies
C 1. By means of the results of this chapter obtain embedding theorems
between Besov and Sobolev spaces.
Prove the embedding Bσq,2
Rd
L p R
d for 2 q p , σ 0, and
1q
1 p
σd
. Does the same hold for the inhomogeneous spaces? What if
anything can one change in that case? By means of the previous item, deduce
embedding theorems for the Sobolev spaces from this.
Problem 10.12. Prove that f α C α, d f
W 1, p Rd
with d p , α 1
d p
and f S
Rd
. This is called Morrey’s estimate. For the case p d see Problem 9.7.
Problem 10.13. Show that Bd 2
2,1 R
d L
Rd
but Bd 2
2,q R
d L
Rd
for any 1
q . Show the embedding Bd 2
2,
Rd
BMO Rd
. Conclude that if f
Bd 2
2,q
Rd
A for
some 1 q , then w : e f satisfies Q
w x dx
Q
w 1 x dx C A, d , q
uniformly for all cubes Q Rd .
![Page 145: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 145/167
CHAPTER 11
Fourier Restriction and Applications
In the late 1960’s, Elias M. Stein posed the following question: is it possible to
restrict the Fourier transform ˆ f of a function f Rd
with 1
p 2 to the sphere
S d 1 as a function in Lq S d 1
for some 1 q ? By the uniform boundedness
principle this is the same as asking about the validity of the inequality
ˆ f S d 1 Lq
S d 1
C f L p Rd
(11.1)
for all f S
Rd
, with a constant C
C
d , p, q
? As an example, take p
1,
q and C
1. On the other hand, p 2 is impossible, as ˆ f is no better
than a general L2-function by Plancherel. Stein asked whether it is possible to find
1 p
2 so that for some finite q one has the estimate (11.1).
We have encountered an estimate of this type in Chapter 6, under the name of
trace estimate. In fact, by Lemma 6.11 one has
ˆ f S d 1
C x
σ f 2
as long as σ
12
(some work is required to pass from the planar case to the curved
one). However, (11.1) is translation invariant and therefore much more useful for
applications to nonlinear partial diff erential equations. In addition, as we shall see,
the answers to (11.1) crucially involve curvature, whereas the trace lemmas do notdistinguish between flat and curved surfaces.
Exercise 11.1. Suppose S is a bounded subset of a hyper-plane in Rd . Prove
that if
ˆ f S 1 C f L p Rd
for all f S Rd
, then necessarily p 1. In other
words, there can be no nontrivial restriction theorem for flat surfaces.
The following Tomas-Stein theorem settles the important case q 2 of Stein’s
question. For simplicity, we state it for the sphere. But it equally well applies to
any bounded subset of any smooth hyper-surface inRd with nonvanishing Gaussian
curvature.
Theorem 11.1. For every dimension d 2 there is a constant C d such that
for all f L p
R
d
ˆ f S d 1 L2
S d 1
C d f L p Rd
(11.2)
with p pd :
2d 2d 3
. Moreover, this bound fails for p pd .
The left-hand side in (11.2) is
S d 1
ˆ f w
2 σ dw
12
145
![Page 146: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 146/167
146 11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS
where σ is the surface measure on S d 1.
We shall prove this theorem below, after making some initial remarks. Firstly,
there is nothing special about the sphere. In fact, if S 0 is a compact subset of ahypersurface S with nonvanishing Gaussian curvature, then
ˆ f S 0 L2 S 0
C d , S 0 f
L2d 2d 3
Rd
(11.3)
for any f S Rd
. For example, take the truncated paraboloid
S 0 : ξ , ξ
2 ξ R
d 1, ξ 1
which is important for the Schrodinger equation. On the other hand, (11.3) fails
for
S 0 : ξ , ξ ξ R
d 1 , 1 ξ
2
since this piece of the cone has exactly one vanishing principal curvature, namely
the one along a generator of the one. This latter example is relevant for the wave
equation as the characteristic surface of the wave equation is a cone, and so we
shall need to find a substitute of (11.3) for the wave equation. A much simpler
remark concerns the range 1 p pd in Theorem 11.1: for p 1, one has
ˆ f S d 1 L2
S d 1
ˆ f S d 1
S d 1
12
f
L1 Rd
S d 1
12 . (11.4)
Hence, it suffices to prove Theorem 11.1 for p pd since the cases 1 p pd
follows by interpolation with (11.4). The Stein-Tomas theorem is more accessible
than the general restriction problem with q 2; in fact, we shall see that the
appearance of L2 S d 1
allows one to use duality in the proof. To do so, we need
to identify the adjoint of the restriction operator
R : f
ˆ f S d 1
Lemma 11.2. For any finite measure µ in Rd , and any f , g S Rd one has the
identity
Rd
ˆ f ξ g ξ µ d ξ
Rd
f x g ˆ µ x dx
Proof. We use the following elementary identity for tempered distributions: If
µ is a finite measure, and φ S, then
φµ
φ ˆ µ
Therefore (and occasionally using F f
synonymously with ˆ f for notational rea-
sons),
Rd
ˆ f ξ g ξ µ
d ξ
Rd
f x
F
g µ
x
dx
Rd
f x
g ˆ µ x dx
Rd
f x g ˆ µ x dx
since
g
g g.
Lemma 11.3. Let µ be a finite measure on Rd , and d 2. Then the following
are equivalent:
![Page 147: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 147/167
11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS 147
a)
f µ Lq Rd
C f L2 µ
for all f S Rd
b) g L2 µ
C g
Lq
Rd
for all g S Rd
c) ˆ µ f Lq Rd
C 2 f
Lq
Rd
for all f S Rd .
Proof. By the previous lemma, for any g S
Rd
,
g L2 µ
sup f
S, f
L2
µ
1
Rd
g ξ f ξ µ d ξ
sup f S,
f
L2 µ
1
Rd
g x
f µ x dx
(11.5)
Hence, if a) holds, then the right-hand side of (11.5) is no larger than g
Lq
Rd
and b) follows. Conversely, if b) holds, then the entire expression in (11.5) is no
larger than C
g
Lq
Rd
, which implies a). Thus a) and b) are equivalent with thesame choice of C . Clearly, applying first b) and then a) with f g yields
F
g µ Lq
Rd
C
g
Lq
Rd
for all g S Rd
. Since F g µ g ˆ µ, part c) follows. Finally, we note the
relation
g x ˆ µ f x dx
g x F µ ˇ f x dx
g ξ ˇ f ξ µ d ξ
for any f , g S Rd
. Hence, if c) holds then
Rd
g ξ ˇ f
ξ µ d ξ
C 2
g
Lq
Rd
f
Lq
Rd
Now set f x g x . Then
Rd
g ξ
2 µ d ξ C 2 g
2
Lq
Rd
which is b).
Setting µ σ σS d 1 , the surface measure of the unit sphere in Rd , one now
obtains the following:
Corollary 11.4. The following assertions are equivalent
a) The Stein-Tomas theorem in the “restriction form”:
ˆ f S d 1 L2
σ
C f
Lq
Rd
for q
2d 2d
3
and all f S Rd
b) the “extension form” of the Stein-Tomas theorem
gσS d 1 Lq
Rd
C g L2
σ
for q
2d 2d 1
and all g S Rd
.
![Page 148: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 148/167
148 11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS
c) The composition of a) and b): for all f S Rd
f σS d 1 Lq
Rd
C 2 f Lq
Rd
with q
2d 2d 1
.
Proof. Set µ σS d 1 σ in Lemma 10.2.
Exercise 11.2. In general, a) and b) above remain true, whereas c) requires
L2 σ
. More precisely, show the following: The restriction estimate
ˆ f S d 1 L p
σ
C
f
Lq
Rd
g
S
is equivalent to the extension estimate
gσS d 1 Lq
Rd
C g
L p
σ
g S
We shall now show via part b) of Corollary 11.4 that the Stein-Tomas theoremis optimal. This is the well-known Knapp example.
Lemma 11.5. The exponent pd
2d 2d 3
in Theorem 11.1 is optimal.
Proof. This is equivalent to saying that the exponent q
2d 2d 1
in part b) of
the previous corollary is optimal. Fix a small δ 0 and let g S such that g 1
on B ed ;
δ , g 0, and supp g B en; 2
δ where ed 0, . . . , 0, 1 is a unit
vector.
Then
gσ ξ
e 2πi x
ξ
ξ d
1 x
2
1
g x ,
1 x
2
1 x
2dx
cos 2π
x
ξ ξ d
1
x
2
1
g x ,
1 x
2
1
x
2dx
cos
π
4
g d σ C 1δd 1
2
(11.6)
provided ξ
δ
1
100 ξ d
δ
1
100. Indeed, under these assumptions, and for δ 0
small,
x
ξ ξ d
1
x
2
1
δ
δ
1
100
δ 1
100
δ
2
1
50 ,
so that the argument of the cosine in (11.6) is smaller than 2π50 π4 in absolute
value, as claimed.
Hence,
gσS d 1 Lq
Rd
C 1δ d 1
2
δ
d 1
2 δ 1
1q
C 1δd 1
2 δ
d 1
2q
![Page 149: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 149/167
11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS 149
whereas g L2
σ
C δd 1
4 . It is therefore necessary that
d 1
4
d 1
2
d 1
2q
or q
2d 2d 1
, as claimed.
For the proof of Theorem 11.1 we need the following decay estimate for the
Fourier transform of the surface measure σS d 1 , see Corollary 6.16:
σS d 1 ξ
C
1
ξ
d 12 (11.7)
It is easy to see that (11.7) imposes a restriction on the possible exponents for an
extension theorem of the form
f σS d 1 Lq Rd
C
f
L p S d 1
(11.8)
Indeed, setting f 1 implies that one needs
q
2d
d 1
by (11.7). On the other hand, one has
Exercise 11.3. Check by means of Knapp’s example from Lemma 10.3 that
(11.8) can only hold for
q
d 1
d 1
p (11.9)
The still unproved (in dimensions d 3) restriction conjecture states that (11.8)
holds under these conditions, i.e., provided
q
2d
d 1
and q
d 1
d 1
p
Observe that the Stein-Tomas theorem with q
2d 2d 1
and p 2 is a partial result
in this direction. In dimension d 2 the conjecture is true and can be proved by
elementary means, see the following chapter.
It is known, see Wolff ’s notes, that the full restriction conjecture implies the
Kakeya conjecture which states that Kakeya sets in dimension d 3 have (Haus-
dorff ) dimension d . This latter conjecture appears to be also very difficult.
Proof of the
Stein
-Tomas theorem for p
2d 2
d
3 . Let
j Z
ψ 2 j x
1
for all x 0 be the usual Littlewood-Paley partition of unity. By Lemma 10.2 and
Corollary 11.4 it is necessary and sufficient to prove
f σS d 1
L p
Rd
C f L p Rd
![Page 150: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 150/167
150 11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS
for all f S Rd
. Firstly, let
ϕ x 1
j 0
ψ 2 j x
Clearly, ϕ C
0 R
d
, and
1 ϕ
x
j 0
ψ 2 j x
for all x
Rd
Now observe that ϕ σS d 1 C
0 so that
f ϕ σS d 1 L p
Rd
C f L p Rd
(11.10)
with C ϕ σS d 1 Lr where 1
1 p
1r
1 p
, i.e., 2 p
1r
. It therefore remains to
control
K j : ψ
2 j x
σS d 1 x
in the sense that we need to prove an estimate of the form
f
K j L p
Rd
C 2 jε
f
L p Rd
f
S Rd
(11.11)
for all j 0 and some small ε
0. It is clear that the desired bound follows by
summing (11.10) and (11.11) over j 0. To prove (11.11) we interpolate a 2
2
and 1
bound as follows:
f
K j L2
ˆ f L2
K j L
f
L2 2n jψ
2 j σS d 1 L
C
f
L2 2d j
2 j d 1
C 2 j
f
L2
(11.12)
To pass to the estimate (11.12) one uses that
sup x
σS d 1 B x, r Cr d 1
as well as the fact that ψ has rapidly decaying tails, which implies that the estimate
is the same as for compactly supported ψ.
On the other hand,
f
K j
K j
f
1 C 2 j
d 1
2
f 1 (11.13)
since the size of K j is controlled by (11.7). Interpolating (11.12) with (11.13)
yields
f
K j p
C 2 j d 1
2 θ 2 j 1
θ
f
p
where 1 p
θ
1 θ
2
1 θ
2 . We thus obtain (11.11) provided
0
d 1
2 θ
1 θ
d 1
2 θ
1
d 1
1
2
1
p
1
d 1
2
d 1
p
This is the same as p
2d 2d 1
or p
2d 2d 3
, as claimed.
![Page 151: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 151/167
11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS 151
Exercise 11.4. Provide the details concerning the “rapidly decaying tails” in
the previous proof.
The previous proof strategy of the Tomas-Stein theorem does not achieve the
sharp exponent p
2d 2d 3
because (11.11) leads to a divergent series with ε 0. In
order to achieve this endpoint exponent, one therefore has to avoid interpolating the
operator bounds on each dyadic piece separately. The idea is basically to sum first
and then to interpolate, rather than interpolating first and then summing. Of course,
one needs to explain what it means to sum first: recall that the proof of the Riesz-
Thorin interpolation theorem is based on the three lines theorem from complex
analysis. The key idea in our context is to sum the dyadic pieces T j : f f K jtogether with complex weights w j z in such a way that
T z :
j 0
w j z T j
converges on the strip 0 Re z
1 to an analytic operator-valued function with
the property that
T z : L1 L for Re z
1 and
T z : L2 L2 for Re z
0
It then follows that T θ L p R
d L p
Rd
for 1 p
1 θ
2 . The “art” is then to
choose the weights w j z so that T θ at a specific θ is a prescribed operator such as
convolution by σS d 1 in our case.
While it is conceptually correct and helpful to describe complex interpolation
as a method of summing divergent series, it is rarely implemented in this fashion.
Rather, one tries to embed the desired operator under consideration into an analytic
family from the start without ever breaking it up into dyadic pieces. There are
certain standard ways of doing this which involve a little complex analysis and
distribution theory (on the level of integration by parts and analytic continuation).
We shall present such a standard approach now.
Proof of the endpoint for Tomas-Stein. We consider a surface of non-zero cur-
vature which can be written locally as a graph: ξ d h ξ , ξ
Rd 1. Define
M z ξ
1
Γ z
ξ d h ξ
z 1
χ1 ξ χ2
ξ d h ξ
(11.14)
where χ1 C 0
Rd 1
, χ2 C
0 R are smooth cut-off -functions, Γ is the Gamma
function, and Re z 0. Moreover,
refers to the positive part. We will show
thatT z f :
M z ˆ f
(11.15)
can be defined by means of analytic continuation to Re z 0. The main estimates
are now
T z 2 2 B z for Re z 1 (11.16)
T z 1
A z for Re z
d 1
2 (11.17)
![Page 152: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 152/167
152 11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS
where A z , B z
grow now faster than eC z
2
as Im z
. Moreover, we will
see that the singularity of
ξ d h ξ
z 1
at z 0 “cancels” out against the simple
zero of 1Γ
z
at z 0 so as to produce
M 0 ξ χ1 ξ δ0 ξ d h
ξ d ξ (11.18)
see (11.21); this means that M 0 ξ is proportional to surface measure on the graph.
It then follows from Stein’s complex interpolation theorem that
f
M 0 f
is bounded from L p L p
where
1
p
θ
1 θ
2 , 0
θ d 1
2
1 θ
which implies that
1
p
d 1
2d 2
as desired. It remains to check (11.16)–(11.18). To do so, recall first that 1Γ
z
is
an entire function with simple zeros at z 0,
1,
2 , . . .. It has the product
representation
1
Γ z
zeγ z
ν 1
1
z
ν
e z ν, z x iy
which converges everywhere in C. Thus,
1
Γ z
2
z
2 e2γ x
ν 1
1
x
ν
2
y2
ν2
e
2ν x
z
2 e2γ x
ν 1
e2 xν
z
2
ν2 e
2 xν
z
2e2γ xe z
2 π2
6
(11.19)
In particular, if Re z 1, then for all ξ R
d ,
M z ξ 1
y2 e2γ e 1 y2
π2
6 χ1 ξ χ2
ξ d h ξ
Cecy2
(11.16) holds with the stated bound on B z
. We remark that the bound we just
obtained is very wasteful. The true growth, as given by the Stirling formula, is of
the form y
12 e
π2 y as
y
but this makes no diff erence in our particular case.
Now let ϕ S Rd
. Thus, for Re z
0,
Rd
M z ξ ϕ ξ d ξ
1
Γ z
Rd 1
0
χ2 t ϕ ξ , t h ξ t z 1 dt χ1 ξ d ξ
1
zΓ z
Rd 1
0
d
dt
χ2 t
ϕ
ξ , t h
ξ
t z dt χ1 ξ d ξ
(11.20)
![Page 153: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 153/167
11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS 153
Observe that the right-hand side is well-defined for Re z 1. Furthermore, at
z 0, using zΓ z
z 0 1
Rd
M 0 ξ ϕ ξ d ξ
Rd 1
χ2 0
ϕ ξ , h ξ χ1 ξ d ξ
which shows that the analytic continuation of M z to z 0 is equal to (setting
χ2 0
1)
M 0 ξ χ1 ξ d ξ δ0 ξ d h ξ (11.21)
Clearly, M 0 is proportional to surface measure on a piece of the surface
S
ξ , h ξ ξ Rd 1
This is exactly what we want, since we need to bound σS f .
Observe that (11.20) defines the analytic continuation to Re z 1. Integrat-ing by parts again extends this to Re z 2 and so forth. Indeed, the right-hand
side of
Rd
M z ξ ϕ ξ d ξ
1
k
z z 1
. . . z k 1
Γ z
Rd 1
χ1 ξ
0
t z k 1
d k
dt k
χ2 t
ϕ ξ , ξ d k
ξ
dt d ξ
is well-defined for all Re z
k . Next we prove (11.17) by means of an estimate
on
M z
. This requires the following preliminary calculation: let N be a positive
integer such that N Re z 1 0. Then we claim that
0
e 2πit τt z χ2 t
dt
C N 1
z
N
1 Re z
1
τ
Re z 1 (11.22)
To prove (11.22) we will distinguish large and small t τ. Let ψ C 0
R be
such that ψ t
1 for
t
1 and ψ
t
0 for t
2. Then, since 0
χ2 1,
we have
0
e 2πit τt zψ t τ χ2 t dt
0
t Re zψ t τ dt
τ
Re z 1
2
0
t Re z dt
C
Re z 1
τ
Re z 1
(11.23)
If τ 1, then (11.23) is no larger than
0
t Re z χ2 t dt
C
Re z 1
Hence
(11.23)
C
1 Re z 1 τ
Re z
1 (11.24)
![Page 154: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 154/167
![Page 155: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 155/167
11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS 155
Observe that the growth in xd for Re z
d 12
is exactly balanced by the decay
in (11.28). One concludes that for Re z
d 1
2 and with k as in (11.27)
M z
C d
1
Γ z z z 1
. . . z k 1
1
z
2
see (11.26)–(11.28). Thus (11.17) follows from the growth estimate (11.19) or
Stirling’s formula, and we are done.
The endpoint of the Tomas-Stein theorem is so important because of its scaling
invariance. To see this, let u t , x
be a smooth solution of the Schrodinger equation
1i
t u
12π Rd u F
u t 0 f
(11.29)
where f S Rd
, say. The constant 12π
is rather arbitrary and chosen for cosmetic
reasons having to do with our choice of normalization of the Fourier transform. It
could be replaced by any other positive constant by rescaling; one can even change
the sign of the constant by passing to complex conjugates. We first treat the case
F 0. Then
u t , x
Rd
e2πi x ξ t ξ
2 ˆ f ξ d ξ
ˆ f µ
t , x (11.30)
where µ is the measure in Rd 1 defined by the integration
Rd 1
F ξ, τ µ d ξ, τ
Rd
F ξ, ξ 2 d ξ
for all F C 0 Rd 1
. Now let ϕ C 0
Rd 1
, ϕ ξ, τ 1 if ξ τ 1. Then
the endpoint of Stein-Tomas applies and one concludes that
ˆ f ϕµ
Lq Rd 1
C
ˆ f L2
ϕµ
where q
2d 4d
2
4d
. In other words, if supp
ˆ f B 0, 1
, then
ˆ f µ
L2
4d
Rd 1
C ˆ f L2 Rd
C f L2 Rd
(11.31)
To remove the condition supp
ˆ f B 0, 1 we rescale. Indeed, the rescaled func-
tions
f λ x f x λ
uλ x, t u x λ, t λ2
(11.32)
satisfy the equation
1
i
t uλ
1
2π uλ
0uλ t 0 f λ
If supp
ˆ f is compact, then supp
ˆ f λ B 0, 1
if λ is large. Hence, in view of
(11.30) and (11.31),
uλ Lq Rd 1
C f λ L2 Rd
(11.33)
However,
f λ L2 Rd
λd 2
f L2 Rd
![Page 156: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 156/167
156 11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS
and
uλ Lq Rd 1
λd 2
q u Lq
λd 2
u Lq
Thus, (11.33) is the same as
u Lq Rd 1
C f L2 Rd
(11.34)
for all f S will supp
ˆ f compact. These functions are dense in L2
Rd
. There-
fore, (11.34), which is the original Strichartz bound for the Schrodinger equation in
d spatial dimensions, follows for all f L2 R
d . Note the main diff erence between
the Strichartz estimate (11.33) and the Stein-Tomas endpoint estimate: while the
latter is confined to compact surfaces, the former applies to functions which live on
the non-compact characteristic variety of the Schrodinger equation, i.e., the parab-
oloid ξ, ξ 2 ξ R
d . Therefore, the Strichartz estimate necessarily obeys the
scaling symmetry of that variety which is also all we needed to pass from compact
surfaces to this specific non-compact surface.
While the approach we followed to derive the estimate (11.34) for solutions
of (11.29) with F 0 is the original one used by Strichartz and instructive due
to its reliance on the restriction property of the Fourier transform, it is technically
advantageous for many reasons to use a shorter and somewhat diff erent argument
which was introduced and developed by Ginibre and Velo in a series of papers.
We will present this argument now to derive the following theorem. We call a pair
p, q Strichartz admissible if and only if
2
p
d
q
d
2 (11.35)
and 2
p
with
p, q
2,
.Theorem 11.6. Let F be a space-time Schwartz function in d
1 dimensions,
and f a spatial Schwartz function. Let u t , x solve (11.29). Then
u L pt L
q x Rd 1
C
f L2 Rd
F
La
t Lb
x Rd 1
(11.36)
where p, q
and
a, b
are Strichartz admissible with a
2 and p
2. Finally,
these estimates localize in time: if u is restricted to some time-interval I on the
left-hand side, then F can be restricted to I on the right-hand side.
Some remarks are in order: first, the estimate (11.36) is scaling invariant under
the law (11.32) if and only if p, q
and
a, b
obey the relation (11.35). Hence the
latter is necessary for the Strichartz estimates (11.36) to hold. Note that the pair p q
2
4d
which we derived above for F 0 is of this type. On the other
hand, the restriction p 2 is technical and the important endpoint estimate for
p 2 and d
3 was proved by Keel and Tao. Finally, under the strong conditions
on F and f it is easy to actually solve (11.29) by means of an explicit expression:
u t
e
i2πt f
t
0
e
i2π
t s F s
ds (11.37)
![Page 157: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 157/167
11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS 157
with the understanding that the operator needs to be understood as a Fourier multi-
plier:
e
i
2πt f
x :
e2πi
x
ξ
ξ
2
t
ˆ f ξ d ξ
which is well-defined for f S Rd
, say.
Proof of Theorem 11.6. We again start with F 0 and let U
t
denote the
propagator, i.e., U t
f is the solution of (11.29) as give by (11.37): U
t
e
i2πt .
By (6.14) we have the bound
U t f Lq Rd
C t
d 2
1
q
1q
f
Lq
Rd
(11.38)
for 1 p
2. Indeed, for p 1 this follows by placing absolute values in-
side (6.14), whereas p 2 is Plancherel’s theorem. The intermediate p values
then follow by interpolation. Our goal for now is to prove that for any p, q
as in
the theorem U f L
pt L
q x
C f 2
where U f t , x U t f x
, slightly abusing notation. In analogy with the
“duality equivalence” Lemma 11.3 one now has that each of the following estimate
implies the other two:
U f L pt L
q x
C f L2 x
U F L2 x
C F
L p
t Lq
x
U U
L pt L
q x
C 2 F
L p
t Lq
x
As in the case of the Tomas-Stein theorem, the key is to prove the third property.
Note that one has
U F
U s F s ds
whence by the group property of U t
U U F t
U t s F s ds
By (11.38),
U U F t Lq x
C
t s
d 2
1
q
1q
F s
Lq
x
ds
whence by fractional integration in time with
1
1
p
1
p
d
2
1
q
1
q
(11.35)
provided
0
d
2
1
q
1
q
1 p
2 (11.39)
one has
U U F L pt L
q x
C F
L p
t Lq
x
![Page 158: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 158/167
158 11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS
which is the desired estimate for the case F 0. Now suppose f 0, and write
the solution of (11.29) as
u t
t
0
U t
s
F
s
ds
χ 0 s t U
t
s
F
s
ds
We now claim two estimates on u as a space-time function:
u L pt L
q x
C F
L p
t Lq
x
u L pt L
q x
C F L1t L
2 x
The first one is proved by the same argument as before, whereas the second one is
proved as follows:
u
t
Lq x
χ 0 s t
U t
s
F
s
Lq x
ds
U t s F s Lq x
ds
whence
u L pt L
q x
C
U t s F s L pt L
q x
ds
C
F
s
L2 x
ds
F L1
s L2 x
By duality and interpolation one now concludes that
u
L pt L
q x
C
F
La
s Lb
x
for any admissible pair a, b
and
p, q
with a
2 and p
2. This concludes
the argument. The statement about time-localizations follows from the solution
formula (11.37).
Exercise 11.5. The previous argument of course off ers an alternative to the
complex interpolation approach that we used to obtain the Stein-Tomas endpoint.
Provide the details of this alternative proof to Theorem 11.1 for general bounded
subsets of surfaces of nonvanishing Gaussian curvature.
As an application of Theorem 11.6 we now solve the nonlinear equation
i t ψ ∆ψ λ ψ
4d ψ (11.40)
in d spatial dimensions and with an arbitrary real-valued constant λ for small L2-
data ψ t 0 ψ0. First, it is not apriori clear what we mean by “solve” since the
data are L2, nor is it immediately clear why we do not consider smoother data.
Second, we remark that the choice of power in (11.40) is not accidental. In fact, it
is the unique power for which the rescaled functions
λd 2 ψ λ x, λ2t (11.41)
![Page 159: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 159/167
11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS 159
are again solutions. The relevance of this scaling law is the fact that the L2-invariant
scaling of the data is λd 2 ψ0 λ x , which therefore leaves the smallness condition un-
changed. Moreover, the induced rescaling of the solution is then given by (11.41).Hence, the only setting in which we can hope for a meaningful global small L2-data
theory is (11.40).
As in the existence and uniqueness theory of ordinary diff erential equations,
one reformulates (11.40) as an integral equation as follows (this is called Duhamel
formula):
ψ t eit ∆ψ0 iλ
t
0
ei t s ∆
ψ s
4d ψ s ds (11.42)
and then seeks a solution of this integral equation by contraction or Picard iteration
belonging to the space C t 0, ; L2 x R
d . This is very natural, as (11.40) con-
serves the L2-norm for real λ (see the problem section). However, this space is still
too large to formulate a meaningful theory in, and so we restrict it further in a waythat allows us to invoke Theorem 11.6.
Definition 11.7. By a global weak solution of (11.40) with data ψ0 L2 R
d
we mean a solution to the integral equation (11.42) which lies in the space
X : C t L
t 0,
; L2 x R
d L
p0
t 0,
; L2 p0 x R
d
(11.43)
with p0 :
1
4d
.
We remark that the power p0 in the definition is very natural. In fact, passing
L2-norms onto (11.42) yields
ψ
t
2
C
ψ0
2
λ
t
0
ψ
s
p0
2 p0 ds
which is at least finite for ψ X . Now we will show much more.
Corollary 11.8. The nonlinear equation (11.40) in R1 d t , x admits a unique
weak solution in the sense of Definition 11.7 for any data ψ0 L2 R
d provided
ψ0 2 ε0 λ, d .
Proof. For the sake of simplicity, we set d 2 which implies that the nonlin-
earity takes the form λ ψ
2 ψ and p0 3. We leave the case of general dimensions
to the reader. Let us first prove uniqueness. Thus, let ψ and ϕ be two weak solutions
to (11.42). Taking diff erences yields
ψ ϕ t iλ
t
0
ei t s ∆ ψ s
2ψ s ϕ s
2ϕ s ds
Therefore, applying the Strichartz estimates of the previous theorem locally in time
on I 0, T
yields, with X I being as in (11.43) localized to I ,
ψ ϕ X I C λ ψ s
2ψ s ϕ s
2ϕ s L1 0,T ; L2
R2
C λ ψ X I ϕ X I
2 ψ ϕ X I
![Page 160: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 160/167
160 11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS
However, if I is small enough then C λ ψ X I ϕ X I
2 1 whence ψ
ϕ X I 0. Thus, ψ ϕ on I . This argument shows that the set where ψ ϕ is
both open and closed and since it is nonempty (it contains t
0) therefore equalsthe whole time-line.
To prove existence, we set up a contraction argument in the space X for small
data. Thus, we define and operator A on X by the formula
Aψ
t :
eit ∆ψ0
iλ
t
0
ei t s ∆
ψ s
2ψ s
ds
and note that by Theorem 11.6
Aψ X C ψ0 2 λ ψ
3 X
Therefore, if ψ X R, and if
C ψ0 2 λ R3 R (11.44)
we conclude that A takes and R-ball in X into itself. To satisfy (11.44) we simply
choose ε so small that R C ε will verify (11.44) for any ψ0 2 ε. Taking
diff erences as in the uniqueness proof then shows that A is in fact a contraction.
Therefore, there exists a unique fixed-point ψ in the R-ball in X . But Aψ ψ is
precisely the definition of a weak solution and we are done.
Corollary 11.8 is only one of many results which can be obtained in this area.
It is also clear that many interesting questions pose themselves now, such as the
question of global existence for large data (which depends on the sign of λ) which
is relatively easy for data in H 1
but hard for data in L2
, persistence of regularity,spatial decay of solutions etc. We present some of the easier results in this direction
in the problem section. Showing that an equation with a derivative nonlinearity
such as
i t ψ ∆ψ ψ
2 1ψ (11.45)
has global solutions for small data in S, say, cannot be accomplished by means of
Strichartz estimates alone. Indeed, the Strichartz estimates are not able to make up
for the loss of a derivative on the right-hand side.
We conclude this chapter with a sketch of Strichartz estimates for the wave
equation in R1 d t , x :
u tt u ∆u F
u
t 0 f , t u
t 0 g
(11.46)
The solution to this Cauchy problem is
u t
cos
t
∇
f
sin t ∇
∇
g
t
0
sin t s ∇
∇
F s
ds
![Page 161: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 161/167
11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS 161
at least for Schwartz data, say. The meaning of the operators appearing here is of
course based on the Fourier transform. In other words,
cos t ∇ f x
12
Rd
e2πi x ξ
t ξ ˆ f ξ d ξ
Proceeding analogously to the Schrodinger equation were are therefore lead to
interpreting these integrals as Fourier transforms of measures living on the double
light-cone
Γ :
ξ, τ Rd
1
τ ξ
This is diff erent from the paraboloid in the Schrodinger equation in two important
ways: first, Γ has one vanishing principal curvature namely along the generators
of the light cone. Second, Γ is singular at the vertex of the cone. To overcome the
latter difficulty, we define
Γ0 : τ, ξ
R1
d 1 ξ τ 2
to be a section of the light cone in R1 d . Since the cone has one vanishing principal
curvature, the Fourier transform of the surface measure on Γ0 exhibits less decay
as for the paraboloid which reflects itself in a diff erent Stein-Tomas exponent (in
fact, the numerology here is such that the dimension d is reduced to d 1 reflecting
the loss of one principal curvature).
Exercise 11.6.
By means of the method of stationary phase from Chapter 6 show that
ϕσΓ0
t , x
C
1
t , x
d 1
2 (11.47)
for all t , x R1 d . Moreover, this is optimal for all directions
t , x
belonging to the dual cone Γ (which is equal to Γ if the opening angle is
90 ).
Check that the complex interpolation method from above therefore im-
plies that there is the following restriction estimate for Γ0:
ˆ f Γ0 L2
σΓ
C f L p Rd
where p
2d 2
d 3
and d 2 (for d 1 this amounts to a trivial bound).
Via a rescaling and Littlewood-Paley theory we now arrive at the following
analogue of the argument leading to (11.34) for the Schrodinger equation.
Theorem 11.9. Let Γ be the double light-cone in R1 d τ,ξ
with d 2 , equipped
with the measure µ d
τ, ξ
d ξ
ξ . Then
Γ
ˆ f τ, ξ
2 µ d
τ, ξ
12
C
f
L p Rd
(11.48)
with p
2d 2d 3
.
![Page 162: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 162/167
162 11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS
Proof. Let Γ0 be the cone restricted to 1 τ 2 as above. Then
λ τ,ξ 2λ
ˆ f
τ, ξ
2
µ
d
τ, ξ
12
Γ0
ˆ f λ τ, ξ
2 µ d
λ τ, ξ
12
C λd 1
2
1
λd 1 f
1
λ
L p R1
d
C λ
d 12
λ d 1 λ
d 1 p
f
L p Rd 1
C
f
L p Rd 1
(11.49)
by choice of p. To sum up (11.49) for λ 2 j we use the Littlewood-Paley theorem
together with Exercise 10.3. In fact, since p 2, we conclude that
ˆ f
L2
µ
C
j Z
P j f
2
L p
12
C
j Z
P j f
2
12
L p
C f
L p
Rd 1
which is (11.48).
For the wave equation this means the following.
Corollary 11.10. Let u t , x be a solution of (11.46) with f , g S Rd
, d 2.
Then
u
L2d 2d 1
Rd 1
C f
H 12
Rd
g
H
12
Rd
with a constant C C d .
Proof. For simplicity, set f 0. Then
u t , x
Rd
e2πi t ξ x ξ
g ξ d ξ
4πi ξ
Rd
e2πi t ξ x
ξ g ξ
d ξ
4πi ξ
F µ
x, t
where F ξ, ξ
ˆ f ξ and d µ ξ, ξ
d ξ
ξ
. By the dual to Theorem 11.9,
F µ
L p
Rd 1
C F F 2 µ
(11.50)
where p
2d 2d 1
. Clearly,
F L2 µ
Rd
g ξ
2 d ξ
ξ
12
g
H
12
so that (11.50) implies that
u
L2d 2d 1
Rd 1
C g
H
12
Rd
as claimed.
Exercise 11.7. Derive estimates for the wave equation as in the previous corol-
lary but with f
H 1 g
L2 on the right-hand side.
![Page 163: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 163/167
11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS 163
Notes
A standard introductory reference in this area are Stein’s Beijing lectures [48] and
Wolff ’s course notes [56]. The original reference by Strichartz is [50]. For an account
summarizing more recent developments see Tao [53]. Strichartz estimates are a vast area,
and continue to be developed, especially in the variable coefficient setting, see Bahouri,
Chemin, and Danchin [3] for that aspect. A standard references on dispersive evolution
equations is Tao [52]. Keel, Tao [31] prove the endpoint for the Strichartz estimates, i.e.,
L2t -type estimates. For more on the Schrodinger equation see Cazenave [8], as well as
Sulem and Sulem [51]. For the wave equation, see Shatah and Struwe [42]. Strichartz
esimates for the Klein-Gordon equation, which behaves like the wave equation for large
frequencies and the Schrodinger equation for small frequencies, respectively, are derived
in [37]. Some of the original work by Ginibre and Velo on Strichartz estimates for various
dispersive equations can be found here [23]. Finally, for the solution theory of equations
of the type (11.45) which require smoothing estimates for the Schr¨ odinger equation, seeKenig, Ponce and Vega [32].
Problems
Problem 11.1. Suppose that φ is a smooth function on 1, 1 with φ
t 0 if and
only if t 0. Assume further that φ
0 0 and φ
0 0. Let a C 1, 1 with
supp a 1, 1 . Determine the sharp decay of
1
1
eiλφ
t a t dt
as λ .
Problem 11.2. Investigate the restriction of the Fourier transform of a function in R3
to a (section of a) smooth curve in R3. Assume that the curve has nonvanishing curvature
and torsion. Try to generalize to other dimensions and codimensions.
Problem 11.3. This problem expands on Corollary 11.8.
Show that if ψ0 H k R
d (one can again take d 1 or d 2 for simplicity)
where k is a positive integer, then ψ C t 0, ; H k R
d . Conclude via Sobolev
imbedding that if ψ0 S Rd
, say, then ψ t , x is smooth in all variables and
satisfies the nonlinear equation (11.40) in a pointwise sense.
Show that if ψ t , x is any solution (not necessarily small) of (11.40) with t ψ
C 0, T ; L2 R
d and ψ
C 0, T ; H 2 Rd
, then one has conservation of mass
(recall λ is real)
M ψ :
1
2 ψ t
22
1
2 ψ0
22 0 t T
and energy
E ψ :
Rd
1
2 ∇ψ t , x
2
λ
2
4d
ψ t , x
2
4d
dx
Hint: diff erentiate M and E with respect to time, and integrate by parts.
![Page 164: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 164/167
164 11. FOURIER RESTRICTION AND APPLICATIONS
Prove the relation
eit ∆ x x 2i∇ eit ∆
as operators acting on Schwartz functions and use this to show that if ψ0
S Rd
, then the solution constructed in Corollary 11.8 has the property that for
any time t one has ψ t S Rd
.
Show that the solution of Corollary 11.8 with ψ0 L2 R
d preserves the mass
M ψ and the energy provided the data satisfy ψ0 H 1 R
d .
Problem 11.4.
For any power p 2 show that the equation
i t ψ xx ψ λ ψ
p 1ψ (11.51)
on the line R, has local in-time unique weak solutions for any data ψ0 H 1 R .
These solutions again need to be interpreted in the Duhamel integral equation
sense, and the space in which to contract is C 0, T ; H 1 R where T 0 can
be chosen so that it is bounded below by a function of
ψ0
H 1 R alone. Showthat these solutions conserve mass and energy.
Show that if T
is the maximal time so that a weak solution exists on 0, T
,
and if T
, then ψ t H 1
R
as t T
. Conclude that for λ 0 one
has global solutions, i.e., T
. Note: for λ 0 this is false, for example
solutions of negative energy blow up in finite time in the sense that T
,
see [8] or [51].
For small data in H 1 R and powers p 5 show that one has global solutions
irrespective of the sign of λ.
Problem 11.5. For the one-dimensional wave equation utt u xx 0 with smooth data
u
t 0
f and t u
t 0
g show that the solution is given by
u t , x
1
2 f x t f x t
1
2
x
t
x
t
g y dy
for all times. Conclude that such waves do not decay, precluding any possibility of a
Strichartz estimate other than one involving L
t .
Problem 11.6. Carry out the Ginibre-Velo approach to Strichartz estimates for the
wave equation, in analogy with the Schrodinger equation as in Theorem 11.6. This needs to
be done for a fixed Littlewood-Paley piece, say P0, and then rescaled and summed up using
the results of the previous chapter. This approach leads to Besov-space estimates which
are stronger than the Sobolev ones (one can switch to the latter by means of Exercise 10.3
as we did in the proof of Corollary 11.10). Hint: See [42] for details.
![Page 165: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 165/167
Bibliography
[1] Adams, D. R. A note on Riesz potentials. Duke Math. J. 42 (1975), no. 4, 765–778.
[2] Antonov, N. Yu. Convergence of Fourier series. Proceedings of the XX Workshop on Function
Theory (Moscow, 1995). East J. Approx. 2 (1996), no. 2, 187–196.
[3] Bahouri, H., Chemin, J.-Y., Danchin, R. Fourier analysis and nonlinear partial di ff erential
equations. Grundlehren der Mathematischen Wissenschaften [Fundamental Principles of Math-
ematical Sciences], 343. Springer, Heidelberg, 2011.
[4] Bergh, J., Lofstrom, J. Interpolation spaces. An introduction. Grundlehren der Mathematischen
Wissenschaften, No. 223. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-New York, 1976.
[5] Bourgain, J. Bounded orthogonal systems and the Λ
p
?(p)-set problem. Acta Math. 162
(1989), no. 3-4, 227–245.
[6] Carleson, L. On convergence and growth of partial sums of Fourier series. Acta Math. 116,
135–157 (1966).
[7] Garca-Cuerva, J., Rubio de Francia, J., Weighted norm inequalities and related topics. North-
Holland Mathematics Studies, 116. Notas de Matematica [Mathematical Notes], 104. North-
Holland Publishing Co., Amsterdam, 1985.
[8] Cazenave, T. Semilinear Schr¨ odinger equations. Courant Lecture Notes in Mathematics, 10.
New York University, Courant Institute of Mathematical Sciences, New York; American Math-
ematical Society, Providence, RI, 2003.
[9] Christ, M. Lectures on singular integral operators. CBMS Regional Conference Series in Math-
ematics, 77. Published for the Conference Board of the Mathematical Sciences, Washington,
DC; by the American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1990.[10] Coifman, R., Meyer, Y. Wavelets. Calder´ on-Zygmund and multilinear operators. Translated
from the 1990 and 1991 French originals by David Salinger. Cambridge Studies in Advanced
Mathematics, 48. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1997.
[11] Davis, K. M., Chang Lectures on Bochner Riesz means. London Mathematical Society, Lecture
Note Series 114, 1987.
[12] Duoandikoetxea, J. Fourier analysis. (English summary) Translated and revised from the 1995
Spanish original by David Cruz-Uribe. Graduate Studies in Mathematics, 29. American Math-
ematical Society, Providence, RI, 2001.
[13] Evans, L. C. Partial di ff erential equations. Second edition. Graduate Studies in Mathematics,
19. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2010.
[14] Feff erman, C. The multiplier problem for the ball. Ann. of Math. (2) 94 (1971), 330–336.
[15] Feff erman, C The uncertainty principle. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. (N.S.) 9 (1983), no. 2, 129–
206.
[16] Feff
erman, C., Stein, E. M. H
p
Hp spaces of several variables. Acta Math. 129 (1972), no. 3-4,137–193.
[17] Folland, Gerald B. Introduction to partial di ff erential equations. Second edition. Princeton Uni-
versity Press, Princeton, NJ, 1995.
[18] Frank, R., Seiringer, R. Non-linear ground state representations and sharp Hardy inequalities.
J. Funct. Anal. 255 (2008), no. 12, 3407–3430.
[19] Frazier, M., Jawerth, B., Weiss, G. Littlewood-Paley theory and the study of function spaces.
CBMS Regional Conference Series in Mathematics, 79. Published for the Conference Board
165
![Page 166: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 166/167
166 BIBLIOGRAPHY
of the Mathematical Sciences, Washington, DC; by the American Mathematical Society, Prov-
idence, RI, 1991.
[20] Garnett, J. Bounded analytic functions. Revised first edition. Graduate Texts in Mathematics,
236. Springer, New York, 2007.
[21] Garnett, J. B., Marshall, D. E. Harmonic measure. Reprint of the 2005 original. New Mathe-
matical Monographs, 2. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2008.
[22] Gilbarg, D., Trudinger, N. Elliptic partial di ff erential equations of second order. Second edition.
Grundlehren der Mathematischen Wissenschaften [Fundamental Principles of Mathematical
Sciences], 224. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1983.
[23] Ginibre, J., Velo, G. On a class of nonlinear Schr¨ odinger equation. I. The Cauchy problems; II.
Scattering theory, general case, J. Func. Anal. 32 (1979), 1-32, pp. 33–71; Scattering theory
in the energy space for a class of nonlinear Schr¨ odinger equations, J. Math. Pures Appl. (9)
64 (1985), no. 4, pp. 363–401; The global Cauchy problem for the nonlinear Klein-Gordon
equation. Math. Z. 189 (1985), no. 4, 487–505.; Time decay of finite energy solutions of the
nonlinear Klein-Gordon and Schr¨ odinger equations. Ann. Inst. H. Poincare Phys. Theor. 43
(1985), no. 4, 399–442.
[24] Havin, V., Joricke, B. The uncertainty principle in harmonic analysis. Ergebnisse der Mathe-
matik und ihrer Grenzgebiete (3), 28. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1994.
[25] Hoff man, K. Banach spaces of analytic functions. Reprint of the 1962 original. Dover Publica-
tions, Inc., New York, 1988.
[26] Hormander, L. The analysis of linear partial di ff erential operators. I. Distribution theory and
Fourier analysis. Second edition. Springer Study Edition. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1990.
[27] Jaming, P. Nazarov’s uncertainty principles in higher dimension. J. Approx. Theory 149 (2007),
no. 1, 3041.
[28] Janson, S. Mean oscillation and commutators of singular integral operators. Ark. Mat. 16
(1978), no. 2, 263–270.
[29] Jerison, D. An elementary approach to local solvability for constant coe fficient partial di ff eren-
tial equations. Forum Math. 2 (1990), no. 1, 45–50.
[30] Katznelson, I. An introduction to harmonic analysis. Dover, New York, 1976.
[31] Keel, M., Tao, T. Endpoint Strichartz estimates, Amer. J. Math., 120 (1998), pp. 955–980.
[32] Kenig, C. E., Ponce, G., Vega, L. The initial value problem for the general quasi-linear
Schr¨ odinger equation. Recent developments in nonlinear partial diff erential equations, 101–
115, Contemp. Math., 439, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 2007.
[33] Kolmogorov, A. N. Une s´ erie de Fourier-Lebesgue divergente presque partout. Fundamenta
Mathematicae (4), 1923, 324–328.
[34] Koosis, P. Introduction to H p spaces. Second edition. With two appendices by V. P. Havin [Vik-
tor Petrovich Khavin]. Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 115. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, 1998.
[35] Konyagin, S. V. On the divergence everywhere of trigonometric Fourier series. (Russian) Mat.
Sb. 191 (2000), no. 1, 103–126; translation in Sb. Math. 191 (2000), no. 1-2, 97–120.
[36] Lieb, E. H., Loss, M. Analysis. Second edition. Graduate Studies in Mathematics, 14. American
Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2001.
[37] Nakanishi, K., Schlag, W. Invariant Manifolds and Dispersive Hamiltonian Evolution Equa-
tions., EMS, 2011.
[38] Nazarov, F. L. Local estimates for exponential polynomials and their applications to inequali-
ties of the uncertainty principle type. Algebra i Analiz 5 (1993), no. 4, 3–66; translation in St.
Petersburg Math. J. 5 (1994), no. 4, 663–717.
[39] Opic, B., Kufner, A. Hardy-type inequalities. Pitman Research Notes in Mathematics Series,
219. Longman Scientific & Technical,
[40] Rudin, W. Functional analysis. Second edition. International Series in Pure and Applied Math-
ematics. McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 1991.
[41] Rudin, W. Trigonometric series with gaps. J. Math. Mech. 9 1960, 203–227.
![Page 167: harmonicnotes.pdf](https://reader031.vdocuments.net/reader031/viewer/2022021320/577cc4521a28aba71198e631/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
8/11/2019 harmonicnotes.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/harmonicnotespdf 167/167
BIBLIOGRAPHY 167
[42] Shatah, J., Struwe, M. Geometric wave equations. Courant Lecture Notes in Mathematics, 2.
American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1998.
[43] Sjolin, P. An inequality of Paley and convergence a.e. of Walsh-Fourier series. Ark. Mat. 7,
551–570 (1969).
[44] Stein, E. M. On limits of seqences of operators. Ann. of Math. (2) 74 (1961), 140–170.
[45] Stein, E. M. Singular integrals and di ff erentiability properties of functions. Princeton Mathe-
matical Series, No. 30 Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J., 1970.
[46] Stein, E. M. Harmonic analysis: real-variable methods, orthogonality, and oscillatory inte-
grals. With the assistance of Timothy S. Murphy. Princeton Mathematical Series, 43. Mono-
graphs in Harmonic Analysis, III. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J., 1993.
[47] Stein, E. M. Topics in harmonic analysis related to the Littlewood-Paley theory. Annals of
Mathematics Studies, No. 63 Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J.; University of Tokyo
Press, Tokyo 1970.
[48] Stein, E. M. Oscillatory integrals in Fourier analysis. Beijing lectures in harmonic analysis
(Beijing, 1984), 307355, Ann. of Math. Stud., 112, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ, 1986.
[49] Stein, E. M., Weiss, G. Introduction to Fourier analysis on Euclidean spaces. Princeton Math-
ematical Series, No. 32. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J., 1971.
[50] Strichartz, R. S. Restrictions of Fourier transforms to quadratic surfaces and decay of solutions
of wave equations. Duke Math. J. 44 (1977), no. 3, 705–714.
[51] Sulem, C., Sulem, P-L. The nonlinear Schr¨ odinger equation. Self-focusing and wave collapse,
Applied Mathematical Sciences, 139. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1999.
[52] Tao, T. Nonlinear dispersive equations. Local and global analysis. CBMS Regional Conference
Series in Mathematics, 106. AMS Providence, RI, 2006.
[53] Tao, T. Some recent progress on the restriction conjecture. Fourier analysis and convexity, 217–